ESIM384

GSM ALARM AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

INSTALLATION MANUAL
Installation Manual v1.2
Valid for ESIM384 v01.00

Safety instructions

Please read and follow these safety guidelines in order to maintain safety of operators and people around:
• GSM alarm & management system ESIM384 (also referenced as “alarm system”, “system” or “device”) has radio transceiver operating in
GSM 850/900/1800/1900 bands.
• DO NOT use the system where it can be interfere with other devices and cause any potential danger.
• DO NOT use the system with medical devices.
• DO NOT use the system in hazardous environment.
• DO NOT expose the system to high humidity, chemical environment or mechanical impacts.
• DO NOT attempt to personally repair the system.
• System label is on the bottom side of the device.

GSM alarm system ESIM384 is a device mounted in limited access areas. Any system repairs must be done only by qualified,
safety aware personnel.

The system must be powered by main 16-24V ~50/60 Hz1.5A max or 18-24V 1,5A max power supply which must be
approved by LST EN 60950-1 standard and be easily accessible nearby the device. When connecting the power supply to the
system, switching the pole terminals places does not have any affect.

Any additional devices linked to the system ESIM384 (computer, sensors, relays etc.) must be approved by LST EN 60950-1
standard.

The power supply can be connected to AC mains only inside installation room with auto-
matic 2-pole circuit breaker capable of disconnecting circuit in the event of short circuit Phase

or over-current condition. Open circuit breaker must have a gap between connections
Null

PE

of more than 3mm (0.12in) and the disconnection current 5A.

AC 230V
AC/DC
50/60Hz/DC 24V

ESIM384

USB cable

Mains power and backup battery must be disconnected before any installation or tuning work starts. The system installation
or maintenance must not be done during stormy conditions

Backup battery must be connected via the connection which in the case of breaking would result in disconnection of one of
battery pole terminals. Special care must be taken when connecting positive and negative battery terminals. Switching the
pole terminals places is NOT allowed.

In order to avoid fire or explosion hazards the system must be used only with approved backup battery.

The device is fully turned off by disconnecting 2-pole switch off device of the main power supply and disconnecting backup
battery connector.

Fuse F1 type – Slow Blown 2A. Replacement fuses have to be exactly the same as indicated by the manufacturer.

If you use I security class computer for setting the parameters it must be connected to earth.

2 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Contents

1. GENERAL INFORMATION..........................................................................................................................................................8
1.1. Functionality.......................................................................................................................................................................................................8
1.2. Compatible Device Overview............................................................................................................................................................................8
1.3. Default Parameters and Ways of Parameter Configuration........................................................................................................................8
2. Technical Specifications........................................................................................................................................................16
2.1. Electrical and Mechanical Characteristics ...................................................................................................................................................16
2.2. Main Unit, LED Indicator and Connector Functionality..............................................................................................................................17
2.3. Wiring Diagrams...............................................................................................................................................................................................18
3. INSTALLATION....................................................................................................................................................................... 24
4. GENERAL OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION................................................................................................................................ 28
5. CONFIGURATION METHODS.................................................................................................................................................. 29
5.1. SMS Text Messages......................................................................................................................................................................................... 29
5.2. EKB2 LCD Keypad............................................................................................................................................................................................ 29
5.3. EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 LED Keypads............................................................................................................................................................ 30
5.4. Eldes Utility...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 30
5.5. System configuration by USB cable..............................................................................................................................................................31
6. SMS PASSWORD AND INSTALLER CODE.................................................................................................................................32
7. SYSTEM LANGUAGE................................................................................................................................................................33
8. USER PHONE NUMBERS........................................................................................................................................................ 34
8.1. User Phone Number Names...........................................................................................................................................................................35
8.2. System Control from any Phone Number.....................................................................................................................................................35
9. DATE AND TIME...................................................................................................................................................................... 36
9.1. Automatic Date and Time Synchronization................................................................................................................................................ 36
10. MASTER AND USER CODES ................................................................................................................................................... 38
10.1. Master and User Code Names....................................................................................................................................................................... 40
11. IBUTTON KEYS........................................................................................................................................................................41
11.1. Adding and Removing iButton Keys............................................................................................................................................................. 41
11.2. iButton Key Names.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 42
12. ARMING AND DISARMING...................................................................................................................................................... 43
12.1. Free of Charge Phone Call.............................................................................................................................................................................. 44
12.2. SMS Text Message.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 44
12.3. EKB2 Keypad and User/Master Code .......................................................................................................................................................... 45
12.4. EKB3 Keypad and User/Master Code........................................................................................................................................................... 47
12.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 Keypads and User/Master Code....................................................................................................................................... 49
12.6. iButton Key........................................................................................................................................................................................................51
12.7. EWK2 Wireless Keyfob.....................................................................................................................................................................................52
12.8. Arm-Disarm by Zone........................................................................................................................................................................................53
12.9. Automatic Arm/Disarm by Scheduler...........................................................................................................................................................53
12.10. Disabling and Enabling Arm/Disarm Notifications....................................................................................................................................53
13. EXIT AND ENTRY DELAY.........................................................................................................................................................55
14. ZONES......................................................................................................................................................................................57
14.1. 
Zone Numbering..............................................................................................................................................................................................57
14.2. Zone Expansion................................................................................................................................................................................................57
14.3. 8-Zone Mode.....................................................................................................................................................................................................57
14.4. ATZ (Advanced Technology Zone) Mode..................................................................................................................................................... 58
14.5. Zone Type Definitions.................................................................................................................................................................................... 58
14.6. Zone Attributes............................................................................................................................................................................................... 59
14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones.................................................................................................................................................................. 63
14.8. Zone Names..................................................................................................................................................................................................... 63
14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones ...................................................................................................................................................................... 64
14.10. Viewing Zone State....................................................................................................................................................................................... 65
15. STAY MODE............................................................................................................................................................................. 66
16. TAMPERS.................................................................................................................................................................................67
16.1. Tamper Names................................................................................................................................................................................................. 68
17. ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER ........................................................................................................ 69
17.1. Enabling and Disabling Alarm Notifications.................................................................................................................................................71
17.2. Audio Files and Introduction Audio...............................................................................................................................................................72
18. PROGRAMMABLE (PGM) OUTPUTS........................................................................................................................................73
18.1. PGM Output Numbering..................................................................................................................................................................................73
18.2. PGM Output Expansion....................................................................................................................................................................................73
18.3. PGM Output Names..........................................................................................................................................................................................74

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 3

 18.4. Disabling and Enabling PGM Outputs............................................................................................................................................................74
18.5. Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF.................................................................................................................................................................74
18.6. PGM Output Control by Event and Scheduler............................................................................................................................................. 76
18.6.1. PGM Output Actions and System Events.................................................................................................................................................. 76
18.6.2. Schedulers......................................................................................................................................................................................................77
18.6.3. Additional Conditions....................................................................................................................................................................................77
18.7. Wireless PGM Output Type Definitions.........................................................................................................................................................77
19. WIRELESS DEVICES................................................................................................................................................................ 78
19.1. Pairing, Removing and Replacing Wireless Device.................................................................................................................................... 79
19.2. Wireless Device Information......................................................................................................................................................................... 80
19.3. Wireless Signal Status Monitoring............................................................................................................................................................... 80
19.4. Disabling and Enabling Siren if Wireless Signal is Lost............................................................................................................................. 83
19.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 - Wireless LED Keypad....................................................................................................................................................... 83
19.6. EWR2 – Wireless Signal Repeater................................................................................................................................................................. 85
19.7. EWF1/EWF1CO - Wireless Smoke/CO Detector ......................................................................................................................................... 86
19.8. EW2 - Wireless Zone and PGM Output Expansion Module....................................................................................................................... 88
19.9. EWM1 - Wireless Power Socket..................................................................................................................................................................... 88
19.10. EWKB5 Wireless Touchpad Overview......................................................................................................................................................... 89
20. WIRED SIREN/BELL.............................................................................................................................................................. 100
20.1. BELL Output Status Monitoring.................................................................................................................................................................. 101
20.2. Bell Squawk.................................................................................................................................................................................................... 101
20.3. Bell Squawk in Stay Mode............................................................................................................................................................................ 102
20.4. Indication by EWS2 - Wireless Outdoor Siren Indicators ........................................................................................................................ 103
20.5. Indication by EWS3 - Wireless Indoor Siren Indicators ...........................................................................................................................104
21. BACKUP BATTERY, MAINS POWER STATUS MONITORING AND MEMORY......................................................................... 105
21.1. Backup Battery Status Monitoring............................................................................................................................................................. 105
21.2. Mains Power Status Monitoring.................................................................................................................................................................. 107
22. GSM CONNECTION AND ANTENNA STATUS MONITORING................................................................................................. 109
22.1. GSM Connection Status Monitoring........................................................................................................................................................... 109
22.2. GSM/GPRS antenna Status Monitoring..................................................................................................................................................... 110
23. PARTITIONS.......................................................................................................................................................................... 111
23.1. Zone Partition.................................................................................................................................................................................................111
23.2. User Phone Number Partition......................................................................................................................................................................111
23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch..........................................................................................................................................112
23.4. User/Master Code Partition........................................................................................................................................................................ 113
23.5. iButton Key Partition.................................................................................................................................................................................... 114
23.6. EWK2 Wireless Keyfob Partition ................................................................................................................................................................ 114
24. TEMPERATURE SENSORS.....................................................................................................................................................115
24.1. Adding, Removing and Replacing On-Board Dallas Temperature Sensors..........................................................................................115
24.2. Primary and Secondary Temperature Sensors......................................................................................................................................... 116
24.3. Setting Up MIN and MAX Temperature Thresholds. Temperature Info SMS........................................................................................117
24.4. Temperature Sensor Names........................................................................................................................................................................ 118
25. REMOTE LISTENING AND 2-WAY VOICE COMMUNICATION..................................................................................................119
26. SYSTEM INFORMATION. INFO SMS...................................................................................................................................... 120
26.1. Periodic Info SMS........................................................................................................................................................................................... 120
27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS......................................................................................................................................................122
27.1. SMS Text Message Delivery Restrictions.................................................................................................................................................. 133
27.2. SMSC (Short Message Service Center) Phone Number........................................................................................................................... 133
28. EVENT AND ALARM LOG...................................................................................................................................................... 134
28.1. Event Log........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 134
28.2. Alarm Log........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 135
29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS......................................................................................................................................... 136
30. MONITORING STATION......................................................................................................................................................... 138
30.1. Data Messages – Events............................................................................................................................................................................... 139
30.2. Communication.............................................................................................................................................................................................. 145
31. DUAL SIM MANAGEMENT.....................................................................................................................................................157
31.1. Disabled Mode............................................................................................................................................................................................... 157
31.2. Automatic Mode............................................................................................................................................................................................ 157
32. WIRED DEVICES.................................................................................................................................................................... 158
32.1. RS485 Interface............................................................................................................................................................................................ 158
32.2. 1-Wire Interface............................................................................................................................................................................................. 167
32.3. Modules Interface......................................................................................................................................................................................... 167
33. SERVICE MODE..................................................................................................................................................................... 170
34. REMOTE SYSTEM RESTART................................................................................................................................................. 170

4 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

35. ELDES CLOUD SERVICES.......................................................................................................................................................171
36. TECHNICAL SUPPORT ..........................................................................................................................................................172
36.1. Troubleshooting............................................................................................................................................................................................ 172
36.2. Restoring Default Parameters.................................................................................................................................................................... 172
36.3. Updating the Firmware via USB Cable Locally......................................................................................................................................... 172
36.4. Updating Firmware via GPRS Connection Remotely............................................................................................................................... 173
36.5. Frequently Asked Questions....................................................................................................................................................................... 173
37. RELATED PRODUCTS............................................................................................................................................................175
38. GLOSSARY – APPENDIX 1..................................................................................................................................................... 178
39. EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 COMMANDS - APPENDIX 2............................................................................................................. 180
40. SMS COMMANDS - APPENDIX 3...........................................................................................................................................191
41. RADIO SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND SIGNAL PENETRATION - APPENDIX 4.................................................................... 194

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 5

TERMS OF USE
The following terms and conditions govern use of the ESIM384 device and contains important information on limitations regarding the
product’s use and function, as well as information on the limitations of the manufacturer’s liability. Please carefully read these terms and
conditions. For more information on your product, please visit www.eldesalarms.com

TECHNICAL SUPPORT
In order to ensure continuous and proper operation of the ESIM384 device and uninterrupted service, it is the responsibility of the User to
make sure that: (I) the product is properly installed, and (II) there is constant internet or GSM connection and electrical supply (low battery
must be replaced in time).
If you experience difficulty during the installation or subsequent use of the system, you may contact ELDES, UAB distributor or dealer in
your country/region. For more information see www.eldesalarms.com

WARRANTY PROCEDURES
Warranty and out of warranty service should be obtained by contacting the system integrator/dealer/retailer/e-tailer or distributor where
the customer purchased the product. When requesting for service, the proof of purchase and the product serial number must be provided.
The return of the defective product should be strictly through the original route of purchase, and the customers shall pack the product
appropriately to prevent the returned product from suffering in the transportation.

MANUFACTURER WARRANTY
ELDES provides a limited warranty for its products only to the person or entity that originally purchased the product from ELDES or its
authorized distributor or retailer and only in case of defective workmanship and materials under normal use of the system for a period of
twenty four (24) months from the date of shipment by the ELDES, UAB (Warranty Period). Warranty obligations do not cover expandable
materials (power elements and/or batteries), holders and enclosures. The warranty remains valid only if the system is used as intended,
following all guidelines outlined in this manual and in accordance with the operating conditions specified. The warranty is void if the system
has been exposed to mechanical impact, chemicals, high humidity, fluids, corrosive and hazardous environments or force majeure factors.
If a hardware defect arises and a valid claim is received within the Warranty Period, at its own discretion, ELDES, UAB will either (a) repair a
hardware defect at no charge, using new or refurbished replacement parts, or (b) exchange the product with a product that is new or which
has been manufactured from new or serviceable used parts and is at least functionally equivalent to the original product, or (c) refund the
purchase price of the product.

LIMITED LIABILITY
The buyer must agree that the system will reduce the risk of theft, burglary or other dangers but does not provide guarantee against such
events. ELDES, UAB will not assume any responsibility regarding personal or property, or revenue loss while using the system. ELDES, UAB
is not affiliated with any of the Internet providers, therefore, it shall not responsible for the quality of Internet service.
ELDES, UAB shall also assume no liability due to direct or indirect damage or loss, as well as unreceived income when using the system, in-
cluding cases, when the damages arise due to the above mentioned risks, when due to breakdown or malfunction the user is not informed
in a timely manner about a risk which has arisen. In any case, the liability of ELDES, UAB, as much as it is allowed by the laws in force, shall
not exceed the price of acquisition of the product.

CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS

FOR CONSUMERS WHO ARE COVERED BY CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS OR REGULATIONS IN THEIR COUNTRY OF PURCHASE OR, IF DIF-
FERENT, THEIR COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE, THE BENEFITS CONFERRED BY THIS WARRANTY ARE IN ADDITION TO ALL RIGHTS AND
REMEDIES CONVEYED BY SUCH CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS AND REGULATIONS. This warranty grants upon you specific legal
rights, and you may also have other rights that vary by country, state or province.

DISPOSAL AND RECYCLING INFORMATION

The WEEE (Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment) marking on this product (see left) or its documentation indicates that the
product must not be disposed of together with household waste. To prevent possible harm to human health and/or the envi-
ronment, the product must be disposed on in an approved and environmentally safe recycling process. For further information
on how to dispose of this product correctly, contact the system supplier, or the local authority responsible for waste disposal
in your area.

6 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

Content of Pack
Item Quantity Item Quantity
1. ESIM384..............................................................1 5. Resistors 5,6kΩ..................................................16
2. SMA antenna......................................................2 6. Resistors 3,3kΩ..................................................8
3. Back-up battery connection wire...................1 7. Plastic standoffs................................................4
3. User manual........................................................1
These following components are optional (sold separately) and are not included in device’s Content of Pack:
Buzzer;
Microphone.

About Installation Manual

This document describes detailed installation and operation process of alarm system ESIM384. It is very important to read the installation
manual before starting to use the system.

Copyright © ELDES, UAB, 2018. All rights reserved

It is strictly forbidden to copy and distribute the information contained in this document or to pass thereof to a third
party without an a priori written authorization obtained from ELDES, UAB. ELDES, UAB reserves the right to update
or modify this document and/or related products without an a priori warning. ELDES, UAB hereby declares that
GSM alarm and management system ESIM384 is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant
provisions of the Directive 1999/5/EC. The declaration of conformity is available at www.eldesalarms.com.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 7

1. GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1. Functionality
ESIM384 – micro-controller based alarm system for houses, cottages, country homes, garages and other buildings, also capable of manag-
ing electrical appliances via cellular GSM/GPRS network. It can also be used as Intercom system.
Examples of using the system:
• Property security. equipment control via SMS text messages.
• Alarm switch. • Remote listening to what is happening in the secured area.
• Thermostat, heating and air-conditioner control, temperature • Mains power status notification by SMS text message.
monitoring. • Two-way intercom device via GSM network.
• Lighting, garden watering, water pump and other electrical
1.2. Compatible Device Overview
Wired Devices
Device Description Max. Connectible Devices
EKB2 LCD keypad 4*
EKB3 LED keypad 4*
EA1 Audio output module with 3,5mm jack 1**
EA2 Audio amplifier module 1W 8Ω 1**
EPGM1 16 zone and 2 PGM output expansion module 2
ELAN3-ALARM Ethernet communicator 1
EPGM8 8 PGM output expansion module 1**

Wireless Devices
Device Description Max. Connectible Devices
EW2 Wireless 2 zone and 2 PGM output expansion module 32*****
EWP2 Wireless motion detector 64***
EWP3 Wireless motion detector 64***
EWD2 Wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor 64***
EWD3 Wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor 64***
EWK2**** Wireless keyfob with 4 buttons 5/16****(depends on configuration)
EWS3 Wireless indoor siren 8***
EWK2A**** Wireless keyfob with 1 button 16
EWS2 Wireless outdoor siren 8***
EKB3W Wireless LED keypad 4***
EWKB4 Wireless LED keypad 4***
EWKB5 Wireless touchpad 2
EWF1 Wireless smoke detector 64***
EWF1CO Wireless smoke and CO detector 64***
EWR2 Wireless signal repeater 4
EWM1 Wireless power socket 32***

* - A mixed combination of EKB2 and EKB3 keypads is supported. The combination can consist of up to 4 keypads in total.
** - Only 1 of these modules can be connected at a time if the module slots are implemented in ESIM384 unit.
*** - A mixed combination of wireless devices is supported. The combination can consist of up to 64 wireless devices in total.
**** - A mixed combination of EWK2 and EWK2A keyfobs is supported. The combination can consist of up to 5 keyfobs in total.
***** - EW2 creates 4 wireless zones, therefore the max. number of connectible EW2 devices is 32 if no keypad zones, no EPGM1 and no
virtual zones exist in the system’s configuration.
1.3. Default Parameters and Ways of Parameter Configuration
Main Settings
Configurable by:
Parameter Default Value EKB3/
Configuration
SMS EKB2 EKB3W/
EWKB4 Software
User 1... 10 name N/A 
User 1... 10 phone number N/A    
User 1... 10 partition Partition 1   
User 1...10 - call in case of alarm Enabled   
Allow control from any phone number Disabled    
SMS password 0000    
SMS language Depends on the firmware
Partition 1 name PART1 
Partition 2 name PART2 
Partition 3 name PART3 
Partition 4 name PART4 
Partition 1... 4 exit delay 15 seconds    

8 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

GSM signal loss indication - delay 180 seconds 
GSM signal loss indication – activate output N/A 
Dual SIM management – SIM card switch Disabled 
Dual SIM management – try to find operator for a
3 time (s) 
maximum of
Dual SIM management – send SMS/call via Currently in use SIM 

Main Settings
Configurable by:
Parameter Default Value EKB3/
Configuration
SMS EKB2 EKB3W/
EWKB4 Software
Passwords/Codes
Installer's code 1470   
Duress code N/A   
SGS code N/A   
Passwords/codes format 4-digit 
Prompt additionally for master code when config-
Disabled 
uring via keypad/software
Master code 1111   
Master code name N/A 
Partition 1, Partition 2, Partition 3, Parti-
Master code partition   
tion 4
User code 2... 30 N/A   
User code 2... 30 name N/A 
User code 2... 30 partition Partition 1   
Faults
Main power loss Enabled 
Low battery Enabled 
Battery dead or missing Enabled 
Battery failed Enabled 
Wired siren failed Enabled 
RF jammer detected Enabled 
Tamper alarm Enabled 
Date/time not set Enabled 
GSM connection failed Enabled 
GSM antenna failed Enabled 
Wireless antenna failed Enabled 
Communication bus failed Enabled 
Critical CO level Enabled 
Wireless power socket fault Enabled 
Wireless device low battery Enabled 
Communication with MS failed Disabled 
Notifications
System armed – User 1... 10 Enabled   
System armed – SMS delivery report Enabled   
System disarmed – User 1... 10 Enabled   
System disarmed – SMS delivery report Enabled   
General alarm – User 1... 10 Enabled   
General alarm – SMS delivery report Enabled   
Main power loss/restore – User 1... 10 Enabled   
Main power loss/restore – SMS delivery report Enabled   
Battery failed – User 1... 10 Enabled   
Battery failed – SMS delivery report Enabled   
Battery dead or missing – User 1... 10 Enabled   
Battery dead or missing – SMS delivery report Enabled   
Low battery – User 1... 10 Enabled   
Low battery – SMS delivery report Enabled   
Siren fail/restore – User 1... 10 Disabled   
Siren fail/restore – SMS delivery report Disabled   

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 9

RF jammer detected – User 1... 10 Disabled   
RF jammer detected – SMS delivery report Disabled   
Date/time not set – User 1... 10 Disabled   
Date/time not set – SMS delivery report Disabled   
GSM connection failed – User 1... 10 Disabled   
GSM connection failed – SMS delivery report Disabled   
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore – User 1... 10 Disabled   
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore – SMS delivery
Disabled   
report
Tamper alarm/restore – User 1... 10 Enabled   
Tamper alarm/restore – SMS delivery report Enabled   
Communication bus fail/restore – User 1... 10 Enabled   
Communication bus fail/restore – SMS delivery
Enabled   
report
Temperature info – User 1... 10 Enabled   
Temperature info – SMS delivery report Enabled   
System started – User 1... 10 Enabled   
System started – SMS delivery report Enabled   
Periodical info – User 1... 10 Enabled   
Periodical info – SMS delivery report Enabled   
Wireless signal loss – User 1... 10 Enabled   
Wireless signal loss – SMS delivery report Enabled   
Unable to arm – User 1... 10 Enabled   
Unable to arm – SMS delivery report Enabled   
Zone bypass - User 1... 10 Enabled   
Zone bypass – SMS delivery report Enabled   
Critical CO level - User 1... 10 Enabled   
Critical CO level – SMS delivery report Enabled   
Wireless socket signal loss/restore - User 1... 10 Disabled  
Wireless socket signal loss/restore – SMS delivery
Disabled  
report
Report/Control zone triggered - User 1... 10 Enabled   
Report/Control zone triggered - SMS delivery
Enabled   
report
Incoming SMS forwarding - User 1... 10 Enabled  
Incoming SMS forwarding - SMS delivery report Enabled  
Wireless communication failed - User 1... 10 Disabled   
Wireless communication failed - SMS delivery
Disabled   
report
Communication with MS failed - User 1... 10 Disabled 
Communication with MS failed - SMS delivery
Disabled 
report
Send to all users simultaneously – all notifications Disabled   
Time Synchronization
Time synchronization Disabled 
Phone number of the currently inserted SIM card N/A 
Synchronization frequency 30 days 
Event Log
Event log Enabled    

Zones
Configurable by:
Parameter Default Value EKB3/
Configuration
SMS EKB2 EKB3W/
EWKB4 Software
On Board
Z1... Z8 zone name Zone1... Zone8  
Z1 type Delay   
Z1... Z8 zone status Enabled    
Z2... Z8 type Instant   
Z1... Z8 delay, ms 800 milliseconds 

10 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

Z1... Z8 – Stay Disabled   
Z1... Z8 – Force Disabled   
Z1... Z8 Tamper name Tamper1... Tamper8 
Delay-type zone – entry delay 15 seconds    
Z1... Z8 partition Partition 1   
Z1... Z8 – Shared Disabled 
Z1... Z8 – audio track N/A 
Z1... Z8 – alarm count to bypass 0 
Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone N/A 
Confirmation Timeout 20 seconds 
Tamper 1... 8 status Enabled 
Z1... Z8 - zone connection type Type 1 
Delay becomes Instant in STAY mode Disabled 
Chime Enabled   
ATZ mode Disabled   
Arm-disarm by zone No1... No4 N/A   
EPGM1 Module
Zone name Zone X  
Zone status Enabled    
Type Instant   
Delay, ms 800 milliseconds 
Stay Disabled   
Force Disabled   
Tamper name Tamper X 
Delay-type zone – entry delay 15 seconds   
Partition Partition 1   
Shared Disabled 
Audio track N/A 
Alarm count to bypass 0 
Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone N/A 
Confirmation Timeout 20 seconds 
Tamper status Enabled 
Zone connection type for all EPGM1 zones Type 1 
Wireless Devices
Zone name Zone X  
Zone status Enabled    
Depends on the connected wireless device
Type   
model
Stay Disabled   
Force Disabled   
Tamper name Tamper X 
Delay-type zone – entry delay 15 seconds   
Partition Partition 1   
Shared Disabled 
Audio track N/A 
Alarm count to bypass 0 
Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone N/A 
Confirmation Timeout 20 seconds 
Tamper status Enabled 
Keypads
Zone name Zone X  
Zone status Disabled    
Type Instant   
Stay Disabled   
Force Disabled   
Tamper name Tamper X 
Delay-type zone – entry delay 15 seconds   
Partition Partition 1   
Shared Disabled 
Audio track N/A 
Alarm count to bypass 0 

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 11

Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone N/A 
Confirmation Timeout 20 seconds 
Tamper status Enabled 
Virtual Zones
Zone name Zone X 
Zone status Disabled  
Type Instant  
Force Disabled  
Delay-type zone – entry delay 15 seconds  
Partition Partition 1  
Shared Disabled 
Alarm count to bypass 0 
Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone N/A 
Confirmation Timeout 20 seconds 
Tamper status Enabled 

PGM Outputs
Configurable by:
Parameter Default Value EKB3/
Configuration
SMS EKB2 EKB3W/
EWKB4 Software
On Board
C1... C4 output name Controll1... Controll4  
C1... C4 output state OFF    
C1... C4 output status Enabled 
Using module EPGM8 Disabled   
EPGM1 Module
Output name ControllX  
State OFF    
Status Disabled 
Wireless Devices
Output name ControllX  
Depends on the connected wireless de-
Type 
vice model
State OFF    
Status Disabled 

MS Settings
Configurable by:
Parameter Default Value EKB3/
Configuration
SMS EKB2 EKB3W/
EWKB4 Software
Management
MS mode Disabled    
Main Account 9999   
GSM and SMS – attempts 3   
GSM and SMS – tel. number 1... 3 N/A   
PSTN – treat PSTN call as user call Disable 
PSTN – attempts 3   
PSTN – tel. number 1... 3 N/A   
CSD – attempts 3   
CSD – tel. number 1... 5 N/A   
Parallel data transfer via IP network Disabled   
IP Server 1... 3 – IP attempts 3   
IP Server 1... 3 – test period 180 seconds   
IP Server 1... 3 – protocol UDP    
IP Server 1...3 – account 9999   
IP Server 1...3 – unit ID 0000   
IP Server 1... 3 – communication protocol EGR100   
IP Server 1... 3 – server IP 0.0.0.0    
IP Server 1... 3 – server port 20000    
IP Server 1... 3 – encryption key - status Disabled 
IP Server 1... 3 – encryption key 0000 

12 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

Communication - primary IP Server 1 (GPRS)   
Communication – backup 1... 5 N/A   
Retry after delay N/A 
Delay after last communication attempt 1200 seconds   
SIA IP protocol settings - encryption Disabled 
SIA IP protocol settings – encryption key 0000 
SIA IP protocol settings – account prefix N/A 
SIA IP protocol settings – receiver number N/A 
SIA IP protocol settings – use time stamp Enabled 
SIA IP protocol settings – Contact ID ping Disabled 
SIA IP protocol settings – data message Event: 1602, partition: 01, user/zone: 000 
Data Messages
Burglary alarm/restore – code 130 
Burglary alarm/restore – status Enabled   
Main power loss/restore – code 301 
Main power loss/restore – status Enabled   
Armed/disarmed by user – code 401 
Armed/disarmed by user – status Enabled   
Test event – code 602 
Test event – status Enabled   
Battery failed – code 309 
Battery failed – status Enabled   
Battery dead or missing – code 311 
Battery dead or missing – status Enabled   
Tamper alarm/restore – code 144 
Tamper alarm/restore – status Enabled   
Instant Silent zone alarm/restore – code 146 
Instant Silent zone alarm/restore – status Enabled   
Kronos ping – code 602 
Kronos ping – status Enabled   
System started – code 900 
System started – status Enabled   
24H zone alarm/restore – code 133 
24H zone alarm/restore – status Enabled   
Fire zone alarm/restore – code 110 
Fire zone alarm/restore – status Enabled   
Low battery – code 302 
Low battery – status Enabled   
Temperature exceeded – code 158 
Temperature exceeded – status Enabled   
Temperature fallen – code 159 
Temperature fallen – status Enabled   
Wireless signal loss/restore – code 381 
Wireless signal loss/restore – status Enabled   
Disarmed by user (duress code) – code 121 
Disarmed by user (duress code) – status Enabled   
SGS code entered – code 463 
SGS code entered – status Enabled   
Armed by user (partial arm) – code 456 
Armed by user (partial arm) – status Enabled   
RF jammer detected - code 344 
RF jammer detected - status Enabled   
Siren fail/restore – code 321 
Siren fail/restore – status Disabled   
Date/time not set – code 626 
Date/time not set – status Enabled   
GSM connection failed – code 358 
GSM connection failed – status Enabled   
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore – code 359 
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore – status Disabled   
System shutdown – code 414 
System shutdown – status Enabled   
Communication bus fail/restore – code 330 
Communication bus fail/restore – status Enabled   

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 13

IP connection failed – code 360 
IP connection failed – status Enabled   
Zone bypass/Bypassed zone activation – code 570 
Zone bypass/Bypassed zone activation – status Enabled   
CO sensor lifetime exceeded -code 380 
CO sensor lifetime exceeded -status Enabled   
Critical CO level - code 162 
Critical CO level - status Enabled   
Report/Control zone triggered/restored – code 150 
Report/Control zone triggered/restored – status Disabled   
Armed/disarmed in STAY mode – code 441 
Armed/disarmed in STAY mode – status Enabled   
Configuration via remote connection started -
412 
code
Configuration via remote connection started -
Disabled   
status
Silent/Panic zone alarm/restore - code 120 
Silent/Panic zone alarm/restore - status Enabled   
Armed/disarmed automatically - code 403 
Armed/disarmed automatically - status Enabled 
SMS sending limit reached - code 458 
SMS sending limit reached - status Disabled 
Communication with MS failed - code 354 
Communication with MS failed - status Disabled 

Control / Scheduler
Configurable by:
Parameter Default Value EKB3/
Configuration
SMS EKB2 EKB3W/
EWKB4 Software
PGM output control 1... 16 Disabled 
Scheduler 1... 16 Disabled 
Additional conditions Disabled 

Peripheral Devices
Configurable by:
Parameter Default Value EKB3/
Configuration
SMS EKB2 EKB3W/
EWKB4 Software
Keypads
Keypad 1... 4 partition Partition 1   
Show armed status in keypad Disabled 
Keypad partition switch Disabled   
EKB3 mode 2 partitions 
Wireless keypads - partition Partition 1   
Wireless keypads – backlight timeout 10 seconds 
Wireless keypads – bell Disabled 
Siren
EWS2 LED Enabled   
Bell squawk Disabled   
Activate siren if wireless device is lost Disabled   
EWS3 fire alarm LED Disabled   
EWS3 alarm LED Disabled   
Bell squawk enabled if arming in STAY mode Disabled   
Temperature Sensors
Temperature sensor 1... 8 name N/A  
Temperature sensor 1... 8 min. temperature 0    
Temperature sensor 1... 8 max. temperature 0    
Primary No.1    
Secondary No.2    
iButton Keys
iButton key name N/A 
iButton key partition Partition 1   

14 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

Allow adding new iButton keys Disabled    

System
Configurable by:
Parameter Default Value EKB3/
Configuration
SMS EKB2 EKB3W/
EWKB4 Software
Management
Mains power loss delay 30 seconds   
Mains power restore delay 120 seconds   
Alarm duration 1 minute    
Wireless channel Depends on firmware 
Periodic test Every 1 day at 11:00    
Wireless device lost timeout Grade 2 
Arming is not allowed after 20 mins of wireless
Disabled 
communication loss
SMS notifications - day limit 25 
SMS notifications - day limit status Enabled 
SMS notifications - month limit 400 
SMS notifications - month limit status Enabled 
Microphone level 12  
Speaker level 85  
SMS forward settings - forward all received SMS Disabled 
SMS forward settings - forward all received SMS
Disabled 
from unknown users
SMS forward settings -forward all received SMS
from registered users with wrong syntax or Disabled 
wrong password
SMS forward settings - forward all received SMS
Disabled 
from specified phone number (status)
SMS forward settings - forward all received SMS
N/A 
from specified phone number (phone number)
Service mode Disabled    
Cloud Services
Cloud Services Disabled  
Server address ss.eldes.lt  
Port 8082  
Ping period 180 seconds  
Time zone N/A 
Communication Via GPRS network 
GPRS Settings
SIM1... SIM2 APN N/A  
SIM1... SIM2 user name N/A  
SIM1... SIM2 password N/A  
DNS1 N/A    
DNS2 N/A    
LAN Settings
DHCP Disabled 
LAN IP address 0.0.0.0 
LAN net mask 0.0.0.0 
Default gateway 0.0.0.0 
Primary DNS server 0.0.0.0 
Secondary DNS server 0.0.0.0 

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 15

2. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

2.1. Electrical and Mechanical Characteristics

Electrical and Mechanical Characteristics

Power supply 16-24V 50/60 Hz ~1.5A max / 18-24V 1,5A max
Current consumption in idle state w/o external devices connected Up to 80mA
Recommended backup battery voltage, capacity 12V; 1,3-7Ah
Recommended backup battery type Lead-Acid
Backup battery charge current Up to 500mA
Backup battery charge duration Up to 30 hours for 7Ah battery
GSM modem frequency 850/900/1800/1900MHz
Cable type for GSM/GPRS antenna connection Shielded
Number of zones on-board 8 (ATZ mode: 16)
Nominal zone resistance 5,6kΩ (ATZ Mode: 5,6kΩ and 3,3kΩ)
Number of PGM outputs on-board 4
1R OUT Open collector output.
On-board PGM output circuit Output is pulled to COM
when turned ON.

Maximum commuting on-board PGM output values (combined) 4 x 30V; 500mA

BELL: Siren output when activated Connected to COM
BELL: Maximum siren output current 1A
BELL: Maximum cable length for siren connection Up to 100m (328.08ft)
BELL: Cable type for siren connection Unshielded
AUX: Auxiliary equipment power supply voltage 13,8V DC
AUX: Maximum accumulative current of auxiliary equipment 1,1A
AUX: Maximum cable length for auxiliary equipment connection Up to 100m (328.08ft)
AUX: Cable type for auxiliary equipment connection Unshielded
BUZ: Maximum current of mini buzzer 150mA
BUZ: Power supply voltage of buzzer 12V DC
BUZ: Cable type for mini buzzer connection Unshielded
Supported temperature sensor model Maxim®/Dallas® DS18S20, DS18B20
Maximum supported number of temperature sensors 8
DATA: Maximum cable length for 1-Wire communication Up to 30m (98.43ft)
DATA: Cable type for 1-Wire communication Unshielded
Supported iButton key model Maxim®/Dallas® DS1990A
Maximum supported number of iButton keys 16
Maximum supported number of keypads 4 x EKB2 / EKB3
Y/G: Maximum cable length for RS485 communication Up to 100m (328.08ft)
Y/G: Cable type for RS485 communication Unshielded
MIC: Maximum cable length for microphone connection Up to 2m (6.56ft)
MIC: Cable type for microphone connection Unshielded
Wireless band ISM868
Wireless communication range Up to 3000m (9842.6ft) in open areas
Maximum supported number of wireless devices 64
Event log size 1024 events
Maximum supported number of zones 144
Maximum supported number of PGM outputs 48
Cable type for zone and PGM output connection Unshielded
Generated PSTN line values Voltage: 48V; current: 25mA; impedance: 270Ω
Communications SMS, Voice calls, GPRS network, CSD, PSTN, Ethernet via ELAN3-ALARM
Supported protocols Ademco Contact ID, EGR100, Kronos, Cortex SMS, SIA IP
Dimensions 140x100x18mm (5.51x3.94x0.71in)
Operating temperature range -20...+55°C (-4... +131°F)
Humidity 0-90% RH @ 0... +40°C (0-90% RH @ +32... +104°F)
(non-condensing)

16 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

2.2. Main Unit, LED Indicator and Connector Functionality

Main Unit Functionality

NE TW

S TA T
SIM CARD1
GSM MODEM GSM network 850/900/1800/1900MHz 1

C1
C2
C3
C4

OPEN
modem W-LESS ANT GSM/GPRS ANT
SIM CARD2
SIM CARD1 Primary SIM card slot / holder

C 4C 3

OPEN
SIM CARD2 Secondary SIM card slot / holder

MODEM
GSM
DEF Pins for restoring default settings DEF

USB Mini USB port

FUSE F1
PRG

2A
FUSE F1 2A fuse
W-LESS ANT Wireless antenna SMA type connector USB
MIC Microphone connector
MODULES
GSM/GPRS ANT GSM/GPRS antenna SMA type connector

TIP RING
AK U +
MODULES* Slots for EA1, EA2 or EPGM8 module AK U -
MIC

Z1
CO M
Z2
Z3
CO M
Z4
Z5
CO M
Z6
Z7
CO M
Z8
CO M
DAT A
+5V
BU Z -
BU Z +
C1
C2
Y
G
BELL-
BELL+
AUX-
AUX+
AC /DC
AC /DC
LED Functionality
NETW GSM network signal strength
C1 PGM output C1 status - ON/OFF
C2 PGM output C2 status - ON/OFF
C3 PGM output C3 status - ON/OFF
C4 PGM output C4 status - ON/OFF
STAT Micro-controller status

NETW indication GSM signal strength

OFF No GSM signal
Flashing every 3 sec. Poor
Flashing every 1 sec. Medium
Flashing several times per sec. Good
Steady ON Excellent

Connector Functionality
TIP* PSTN (landline) terminal
RING* PSTN (landline) terminal
DATA 1-Wire interface for iButton key and temperature sensor connection
+5V Temperature sensor power supply terminal (+5V)
BUZ- Buzzer negative terminal
BUZ+ Buzzer positive terminal
C1 - C4 PGM output terminals
Z1 - Z8 Security zone terminals
Y RS485 interface CLOCK terminal (yellow wire)
G RS485 interface DATA terminal (green wire)
COM Common return terminal
BELL- Siren negative terminal (Commutated)
BELL+ Siren positive terminal (Constant voltage)
AUX- Negative power supply terminal for auxiliary equipment
AUX+ Positive power supply terminal for auxiliary equipment
AC/DC Main power supply terminals
AKU- Backup battery negative terminal
AKU+ Backup battery positive terminal
* - Optional, implementable on request in advance

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 17

 2.3. Wiring Diagrams

2.3.1. General Wiring

AKU+
Backup Battery
AKU-
12V 1.3-7Ah

BUZ-
BUZ+

AC /DC
C1

AC /DC
C2
Y
G
BELL-
BELL+
AUX-
AUX+
DATA
CO M

CO M

CO M

+5V
CO M

CO M

Z5

Z6
Z7

Z8
Z1

Z2
Z3

Z4

Metal cabinet
PE terminal

Fuse 500 mA

~16-24V ~230V 50/60Hz

Z1
Z2

Z3
Z4

Z5
Z6

Z7
Z8

BUZ
5,6 kΩ

5,6 kΩ

5,6 kΩ
5,6 kΩ
5,6 kΩ

5,6 kΩ

5,6 kΩ

5,6 kΩ

SIREN/BELL EPGM1
1A max.
iButton® 1 2 3

key reader
4 5 6
7 8 9

Relay * 0 #

module
EKB3 EKB2
Temperature sensor

2.3.2. Zone Connection Types

Type 1 Example of 4-wire smoke detector wiring

AUX+
COM
Z1

C1

Z COM Z COM Z COM Z COM Z COM

EOL 5.6K EOL 5.6K EOL 5.6K 5.6K EOL 5.6K
3.3K NC 5.6K 3.3K
NC TAMPER TAMPER
3.3K
NO 5,6 kΩ NC NC NC NC

8-Zone mode: Nor-

mally open contact
with 5,6KΩ end-of-
line resistor. GND
COM

NO
+Vin

Type 2 Example of magnetic door contact wiring

4
COM
Z1

OM Z COM Z COM Z COM Z COM

EOL 5.6K EOL 5.6K 5.6K EOL 5.6K
3.3K NC 5.6K 3.3K
NC TAMPER TAMPER
3.3K
5,6 kΩ

NC NC NC NC

8-Zone mode: Nor-

mally closed contact
with 5,6KΩ end-of-
line resistor NC COM

Magnet

NOTE: Based on the example given, in the event of an alarm, the smoke detector could be reset by turning OFF and ON the PGM output
C1. For more details, please refer to 18.4. Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF.

18 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 NOTE: The system does NOT support 2-wire smoke detectors.

Type 3 Example of motion detector wiring

AUX+
AUX-
COM
Z1
M Z COM Z COM Z COM
EOL 5.6K 5.6K EOL 5.6K
3.3K NC 5.6K 3.3K
TAMPER TAMPER
3.3K
NC NC NC NC
COM
8-Zone mode: Tamper 5,6 kΩ 3,3 kΩ
and 5,6KΩ end-of-line
GND
resistor and 3,3KΩ
end-of-line resistor
with normally closed
NC
contact.
+Vin
TAMP

Type 4 Example of magnetic door contact (Z1) and glass break sensor (Z9) wiring

AUX+
AUX-
COM
Z1

M Z COM Z COM
5.6K EOL 5.6K
3K NC 5.6K 3.3K
TAMPER
3.3K
5,6 kΩ

3,3 kΩ

C NC NC NC

ATZ mode: 5,6KΩ

end-of-line resistor
and normally closed
contact with 3,3KΩ
end-of-line resistor NC COM
and normally closed COM GND
contact
Magnet NC +Vin

Type 5 Example of motion detector (Z1) and magnetic door contact (Z9) wiring
AUX+

7
AUX-
COM
Z1

M Z COM
EOL 5.6K
C 5.6K 3.3K
TAMPER

C NC NC
5,6 kΩ 5,6 kΩ 3,3 kΩ NC COM
ATZ mode: Tamper,
5,6KΩ end-of-line
resistor, 5,6KΩ Magnet
end-of-line resistor
with normally closed
contact and 3,3KΩ COM
end-of-line resistor GND
with normally closed NC
contact. TAMP +Vin

See also 14.3. 8-Zone Mode and 14.4. ATZ (Advanced Technology Zone) Mode.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 19

2.3.3. Siren

Piezo siren
8

BELL+
BELL-
1 Connect positive siren wire (red) to BELL+ ter-
minal.

2 Connect negative siren wire (black) to BELL-

terminal.
BLACK -

SIREN/BELL
RED +
1A max.

Self-contained siren
9

BELL+
BELL-
COM

1 Connect negative GND siren wire to COM termi-

nal.

2 Controlling BELL siren wire must be connected

to BELL- terminal.
GND
3 Connect positive +12V siren wire to BELL+ ter-
BELL minal.
SIREN/BELL
+12V
1A max.

Siren status monitoring

10
BELL+
BELL-

NOTE: Siren status monitoring feature supervises

the resistance across BELL+ and BELL- terminals.
The resistance must be ranging from 1kΩ through
BLACK - 3,3kΩ 3,3kΩ
3,3kΩ, otherwise the system will indicate system
fault. In order to view the siren resistance value,
please refer to Diagnostic Management feature
SIREN/BELL
RED + available on Eldes Utility.
1A max.

No siren status monitoring

11
BELL+
BELL-

If the siren status monitoring feature is not re-

quired, do not connect any resistor in parallel and
disable siren fault indication on the keypad (see 29.
INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS).
BLACK -

SIREN/BELL
RED +
1A max.

See also 20. SIREN/BELL.

NOTE: BELL- is the commuted terminal intended for siren control.

NOTE: Siren status monitoring feature supervises the resistance across BELL+ and BELL- terminals. The resistance must be ranging from
1kΩ through 3,3kΩ, otherwise the system will indicate system fault. In order to view the siren resistance value, please refer to Diagnostic
Management feature available on Eldes Utility.

20 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

2.3.4. iButton Key Reader and Buzzer

Supported iButton key model: Maxim/Dallas

12

BUZ+
DATA
DS1990A

BUZ-
COM
The iButton key reader can be installed with buzzer
or separately. The buzzer is intended for audio in-
dication of exit/entry delay countdown providing
short beeps.
- + BUZZER

brown

white
1 Connect iButton key reader brown and white
wires to 1-Wire interface: COM and DATA termi-
iButton nals respectively.
key reader 2 Connect buzzer‘s negative terminal wire to BUZ-
and positive terminal wire to BUZ+.
DS1990A

NOTE: The installation of buzzer is not necessary if EKB2/EKB3 keypad is used.

ATENTION: The cable length for connection to 1-Wire interface can be up to 30m (98.43ft) max.

2.3.5. Temperature Sensor and iButton Key Reader

Supported iButton key model: Maxim/Dallas DS1990A

Supported temperature sensor model: Maxim/Dallas DS18S20, DS18B20

1 Depending on the model, connect temper-

13
DATA

DATA
DATA

ature sensor GND/black wire, DATA/yellow

COM

COM
COM
+5V

+5V
+5V

wire, +5V/red wire terminals to 1-Wire inter-

face: COM, DATA and +5V terminals respec-
tively.
2 When connecting iButton key reader in par-
DATA allel to temperature sensor, connect iButton
yellow

Temperature
black

sensor key rea­der terminal wires to COM and DATA

red

GND +5V terminals respectively.

DS18S20
Temperature sensor
DS18S20
GND +5V
GND DATA +5V DATA
brown
white

Digital thermometer
iButton with 3m (9.84ft) wire
ATENTION: The cable length for connec-
key reader Vinson DS18B20 tion to 1-Wire interface can be up to 30m
DS1990A (98.43ft) max.

2.3.6. Relay Finder (for example, model 40.61.9.12) with Terminal Socket (for example, model 95.85.3) to PGM Output

Example of relay wiring for negative PGM output control

1 Wire up relay A1 terminal to PGM output Cx and
14
AUX+

A2 terminal to AUX+.
2 In addition, connect the switching diode to re-
C1

lay‘s A2 and A1 terminals.

COIL
A1 A2

RELAY

NOTE: We highly recommend using switch-

ing diode model 1N4148 or similar.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 21

Example of relay wiring for positive PGM output control
1 Wire up relay A1 terminal to PGM output‘s Cx
15

AUX+
terminal and A2 terminal to AUX+ and one of
the relay‘s switch contacts: NC or NO.

C1
2 In addition, connect the switching diode to re-
lay‘s A2 and A1 terminals.

COIL
A1 A2

RELAY

NOTE: We highly recommend using switch-

ing diode model 1N4148 or similar.

2.3.7. RS485

Serial Wiring Method

ESIM384

a
b c d
EKB2/EKB3 EKB2/EKB3 EKB2/EKB3 EKB2/EKB3

EPGM1
Max. cable length: a+b+c+d+e+f+g= up to 100m (328.08ft) f

EPGM1

ELAN3-ALARM

ATTENTION: The cable length must not exceed 100m (328.08ft) in total.

ATTENTION: When wiring more than 1 keypad and/or EPGM1 module, please ensure that the set address of each keypad and/or EPGM1
module is different.

NOTE: If necessary, the RS485 devices can be powered from an external 12-14V DC power supply instead of AUX+ and AUX- terminals

NOTE: You may connect only 1 EKB2/EKB3 keypad or a mixed combination of EKB2 and EKB3 keypads. The combination can consist of
up to 4 keypads in total.

For more details on RS485 interface, please refer to 32.1. RS485 Interface

22 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

Parallel Wiring Method

ESIM384

Max. cable length: up to 100m (328.08ft)

EPGM1 EPGM1 EKB2/EKB3 EKB2/EKB3 EKB2/EKB3 ELAN3-ALARM EKB2/EKB3

ATTENTION: The cable between ESIM384 and each RS485 device must be of the same length and can NOT exceed 100m (328.08ft).

ATTENTION: When wiring more than 1 keypad and/or EPGM1 module, please ensure that the set address of each keypad and/or EPGM1
module is different.

NOTE: If necessary, the RS485 devices can be powered from an external 12-14V DC power supply instead of AUX+ and AUX- terminals

NOTE: You may connect only 1 EKB2/EKB3 keypad or a mixed combination of EKB2 and EKB3 keypads. The combination can consist of
up to 4 keypads in total.

For more details on RS485 interface, please refer to 32.1. RS485 Interface

2.3.8. RING/TIP

16 ATTENTION: The TIP/RING connectors and PSTN module

to PSTN are NOT included in a standard ESIM384 alarm system unit.
(landline) These components are op­tional and can be implemented on
RING request in advance.
ESIM384
TIP

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 23

3. INSTALLATION
When professional installation, OEM integration or assembly by a third-party is expected, the installation instructions and assembly re-
quirements approved for equipment approval must be provided to the integrators to clearly identify the specific requirements necessary
to maintain RF exposure compliance. The grantee of a transmitter, typically the manufacturer, is responsible for ensuring installers and
integrators have a clear understanding of the compliance requirements by including the required instructions and documentation with
the product and, if necessary, to provide further support to fulfil grantee responsibilities for ensuring compliance. The integrators must
be fully informed of their obligations and verify the resolution of any issues and concerns with each transmitter manufacturer or grantee.
• The system can be installed in a metal or non-flammable cabinet only. For a convenient installation, ME1 metal cabinet is highly recom-
mended. The metal cabinet must always be grounded as well as ESIM384 system’s PCB by connecting one of the COM terminals to the
PE contact of the metal cabinet.
• For the connection of 230V transformer, use 3x0.75 mm2 1 thread double isolated cable. 230V power supply cables must not be
grouped with low voltage cable group.
• For the connection of auxiliary and BELL outputs, use 2x0.75 mm2 1 thread unshielded cable of up to 100m (328.08ft) length.
• For the connection of zone/PGM output connectors, use 0.50 mm2 1 thread unshielded cable of up to 100m (328.08ft) length.
SYSTEM INSTALLATION IN ME1 METAL CABINET AND ENCLOSURE COMPONENTS

17

AC230V

COM AC/DC

FUSE
18V

N L

TRANSFORMER

FUSE COM AC/DC 18V N L

Main power AC/DC Main

Fuse PE Common 230V AC
Tamper Transformer supply power GND wire Null Phase
315mA terminal terminal wire voltage
terminal wire

24 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

ELAN3-ALARM
18

TRANSFORMER TRANSFORMER

ESIM384 + EPGM1

19

OPEN
OPEN

TRANSFORMER TRANSFORMER

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 25

ME1 METAL CABINET CONTAINING ALL COMPONENTS
20 21

OPEN
OPEN

12 V BATTERY

TRANSFORMER

NOTE: The standard ME1 metal cabinet does NOT contain all of plastic standoffs, the quantity and the type of which depends on your addi-
tionally acquired device.

NOTE: Insert the plastic standoffs into the appropriate mounting points and fix the circuit board of selected device on the holders as indicated
above (in pics on page 25).

NOTE: In order to appropriately install EPGM1 module, please install it in the first place and ESIM384 alarm system afterwards. EPGM1 must
be mounted on shorter plastic standoffs, while ESIM384 and ELAN3-ALARM – on the longer ones. The mounting points of EPGM1 module and
ESIM384 system are indicated in pics on page 25.

NOTE: You also may wire up the accessories, such as keypads, zone and PGM output expansion modules, ELAN3-ALARM module, tempera-
ture sensors. If you choose to install the buzzer, it must be closer to iButton key reader in order to hear the exit delay countdown.

1. Disable the PIN code of the SIM card by inserting it into a mobile phone and following the proper menu steps. Ensure that the addition-
al services, such as voice mail, call forwarding, report on missed/busy calls (“call catcher”) are disabled on the SIM card. For
more details on how to disable these services, please contact your GSM operator.

2. Once the PIN code is disabled, place the SIM card into the SIM CARD1 slot of the alarm system. If Dual-SIM feature is to be used, insert
another SIM card into the SIM CARD2 slot. For more details, please refer to 31. DUAL-SIM MANAGEMENT.

22 23 24

Inserting a SIM card into SIM

CARD1 slot is mandatory as it is
OPEN

the main SIM card slot, while us-

ing a SIM card in SIM CARD2 slot is
optional.

25 26
OPEN

26 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

3. Connect the GSM/GPRS and wireless antennas and follow the recommendations for the installation:

Never install in the following Recommended installation:

27 locations: 28
20cm (7.87in) • keep the distance of at least
• inside the metal cabinet or more 20cm (7.87in) or more.
GSM/
GPRS • closer than 20cm (7.87in) from
and/or the metal surface and/or power
wireless lines
antenna GSM/GPRS Wireless
antenna antenna

4. If one or more wireless devices are to be paired, follow the recommendations for the installation to achieve the strongest wireless
signal:

Never install in the following Recommended installation:

29 locations: 30
0.5 m to 30 m
(1.64 to 98.43ft)
• face the front side of the
• inside the metal cabinet inside the building wireless device towards the
antenna
• closer than 20cm (7.87in) from 0.5 m to 150 m
Wireless the metal surface and/or power (1.64 to 492.13ft) • keep the distance: 0,5 to 30m
in open areas
device lines (1.64 to 98.43ft) inside the
Wireless Wireless building, 0,5 to 3000m (1.64 to
device antenna 9842.6ft) in open areas

For more details on how to install the wireless devices, please refer to chapter 41.RADIO SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND SIGNAL PENE-
TRATION manual and the latest user manual of the wireless device located at www.eldesalarms.com

5. Power up the system and wait until indicator STAT lights up (see 2.2 Main Unit, LED Indicator and Connector Functionality).

6. Indicator STAT should be flashing indicating successful micro-controller operation.

7. The illuminated indicator NETW indicates that the system successfully registered to GSM network. To find the strongest GSM signal,
place the GSM/GPRS antenna and follow the indications provided by NETW indicator (see 2.2 Main Unit, LED Indicator and Connec-
tor Functionality).

8. Change the default SMS password (see 6. SMS PASSWORD AND INSTALLER CODE for more details).

9. Set the phone number for User 1 (see 8. USER PHONE NUMBERS for more details).

10. Set system date and time (see 9. DATE AND TIME for more details).

11. Once the system is fully configured, it is ready for use. However, if you fail to receive an SMS reply from the system, please check the
SMSC (Short Message Service Center) phone number. For more details regarding the SMS centre phone number, please refer to 27.1.
SMSC (Short Message Service Center) Phone Number.

12. If it is required to change the batteries for the wireless devices or carry out other system maintenance tasks, please activate the Ser-
vice mode. For more detail regarding this mode, please refer to 33. SERVICE MODE.

ATTENTION: The system is NOT compatible with pure 3G SIM cards. Only 2G/GSM SIM cards and 3G SIM cards with 2G/GSM profile enabled
are supported. For more details, please contact your GSM operator.

NOTE: The installation of iButton key reader, EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad, EWK2 wireless keyfob is not mandatory. However, it
is recommended to have those devices installed as an emergency switch in case your mobile phone is switched off or missing.

NOTE: For maximum system reliability we recommend you do NOT use a Pay As You Go SIM card. Otherwise, in the event of insufficient
credit balance on the SIM card, the system would fail to make a phone call or send messages.

NOTE: We advise you to choose the same GSM SIM provider for your system as for your mobile phone. This will ensure the fastest, most
reliable SMS text message delivery service and phone call connection.

NOTE: Even though alarm system ESIM384 installation process is not too complicated, we still recommend to perform it by a person
with basic knowledge in electrical engineering and electronics to avoid any system damage.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 27

4. GENERAL OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION

When the system is being armed, it will initiate the exit delay countdown intended for the user to leave the secured area. During the count­
down period the buzzer will emit short beeps. By default, exit delay duration is 15 seconds. After the countdown is complete, the system
will become armed and lock the configuration by keypad possibility. In case the user does not leave the secured area before the countdown
is complete, the system will STAY-arm if at least 1 zone has Stay attribute enabled. By default, if there is at least 1 violated zone or tamper,
the user will not be able to arm the system until the violated zone or tamper is restored. In case it is required to arm the alarm system
despite the violated zone presence, the violated zone can be bypassed or Force attribute enabled. 
After the system is armed and if a zone
(depending on type) or tamper is violated, the system will cause an alarm lasting for 1 minute (by default), During the alarm, the siren/bell
will provide an alarm sound along with the buzzers of the keypads. By default, the system will also makes a phone call and send an SMS text
message containing the violated zone or tamper number to a listed user phone number and indicate the violated zone or tamper number
on the keypad. If another zone or tamper is violated or the same one is restored and violated again during the alarm, the system will act as
mentioned previously, but will not extend the alarm time.

After the user enters the secured area, the system will initiate the entry delay countdown intended for system disarming. During the count-
down period, the buzzer will emit a steady beep. By default, entry delay duration is 15 seconds. After the user successfully performs the
disarming process, the system will unlock the keypads. If the user does not disarm the system in time, the alarm system will cause an
instant alarm.

NOTE: The alarm will be caused even if a tamper is violated while the system is disarmed.

For more details, please refer to 12. ARMING AND DISARMING.

28 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

5. CONFIGURATION METHODS

!!! In this installation manual the underscore character ”_” represents one space character. Every underscore character must
be replaced by a single space character. There must be no spaces or other unnecessary characters at the beginning and at
the end of the SMS text message.

5.1. SMS Text Messages

In order to configure and control the system by SMS text message, send the text command to the ESIM384 system phone
SMS number from one of the listed user phone numbers. The structure of SMS text message consists of 4-digit SMS password
(the default SMS password is 0000 – four zeros), the parameter and value. For some parameters the value does not apply e. g.
STATUS. The variables are indicated in lower-case letters, while a valid parameter value range is indicated in brackets.

NOTE: By default the SMS password is 0000, which is necessary to change.

5.2. EKB2 LCD Keypad

The system configuration and control by EKB2 keypad is carried out by navigating throughout the menu section list displayed
EKB2 on LCD screen. To navigate in the menu path, touch ↓, ↑ keys to select the desired menu section and touch OK key to open the
selected section. To enter a required value, use 0... 9 keys and touch OK key for confirmation or cancel/go one menu section
back by touching ← key. The value can be typed in directly by touching 0... 9 keys while highlighting the desired menu section.
EKB2 menu type is “circle”, therefore when the last section in the menu list is selected, you will be brought back to the begin-
ning of the list after touching the ↓ key. In this installation manual, the menu path is based on the EKB2 menu tree by starting
at home screen view (see 32.1.1.2. Master and User Menu Tree and 32.1.1.3. Installer Menu Tree). The variables are
provided in lower-case letters, while a valid parameter value range is provided in brackets.

Menu path:
Activate OK → iiii → OK
Configuration mode EKB2
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.

Deactivate
Configuration mode EKB2 Return to home screen view

NOTE: By default, menu section CONFIGURATION is secured with installer code. The default installer code is 1470, while the default master
code is 1111.

NOTE: The system can be configured using only one keypad at a time. Other connected keypads will be inactive while the menu section
CONFIGURATION is opened. The inactive EKB2 keypads will display icon.

NOTE: The keypad will automatically exit the menu section CONFIGURATION and return to home screen view if 1 minute after the last
key-touch expires.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 29

5.3. EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 LED Keypads

The system configuration and control by EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad is carried out by activating the Configuration mode
EKB3/
EKB3W/ using the installer code (by default – installer code is 1470) and entering a valid configuration command using the number
EWKB4 keys 0 9 , key for confirmation and * key to clear the characters that have been typed. Alternatively, the user
can wait for 10 seconds until the keypad buzzer will provide a long beep indicating that the entered characters have been
cleared. When typing in the characters, the indication of each pressed key is provided by short beep of keypad buzzer and
red indicators when the number keys 0 9 are being pressed. Some commands require , , and keys as
well. The structure of a standard configuration command is a combination of digits. The commands, which do not require the
Configuration mode being activated, are noted. The variables are provided in lower-case letters, while a valid parameter value
range is provided in brackets.

NOTE: If you have accidentally typed in an unnecessary character, please press * key or wait for 10 seconds until the keypad buzzer will
provide a long beep indicating that the typed in characters have been cleared.

NOTE for EKB3W/EWKB4: Even if Back-light Timeout has expired, the character will be considered as typed in once the appropriate EK-
B3W/EWKB4 key is pressed. For more details, please refer to 19.5.3. Wireless Communication, Sleep Mode and Back-light Timeout.

EN50131-1 Enter installer and master codes:

GRADE 3
Activate EKB3/ iiiiii mmmmmm #
Configuration mode EKB3W
Value: iiiiii – 6-digit installer code; mmmmmm - 6-digit master code.
Example: 147000111111#

EN50131-1 Enter installer code:

GRADE 3
Deactivate EKB3/ iiiiii #
Configuration mode EKB3W
Value: iiiiii – 6-digit installer code.
Example: 147000#

The following table provides a list of EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 indications, which are relevant during Configuration mode.

Indication Description
Indicator flashing Configuration mode activated successfully.

Indicator flashing Valid parameter entered and awaiting for valid value to be entered.
1 long beep Non-existing command or invalid parameter value entered.
3 short beeps Command entered successfully.

NOTE: The default installer code is 1470, while the default master code is 1111. By activating 6-digit password/code format, it will be neces-
sary to extend the installer code, master code and user code by adding 2 extra digits using Eldes Utility.

NOTE: The system can be configured using only one keypad at a time. Other connected keypads will be inactive while the Configuration
mode is activated.

5.4. Eldes Utility

Eldes Utility is intended for ESIM384 alarm system configuration locally via USB port or remotely via GPRS network or Ether-
Eldes net connection (ELAN3-ALARM device required). This software simplifies system configuration process by allowing to use a
Utility personal computer in the process. Before starting to use Eldes Utility, please read the user guide provided in the software’s
documentation.

5.4.1. Remote Connection

ATTENTION: The system will NOT transmit any data to monitoring station while configuring the system remotely via GPRS network or
Ethernet connection. However, during the remote connection session, the data messages are queued up and transmitted to the monitor-
ing station after the configuration session is over.

ATTENTION: When the Configuration mode is activated by EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad or when menu section CONFIGURATION is
opened by the installer using EKB2 keypad, remote system configuration is disabled.

ATTENTION: The keypad (-s) become inactive while the system is being configured remotely.

Eldes Utility provides remote system configuration ability via Internet using one of the following methods:
• ELDES proxy server (recommended). The connection can be established on the system via GPRS network or Ethernet using ELAN3-
ALARM communicator.

30 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

• Running TCP/IP server on Eldes Utility (advanced). The connection can be established on the system via GPRS network or Ethernet using
ELAN3-ALARM communicator.
• Direct connection via Ethernet using ELAN3-ALARM communicator.
In order to start using the remote configuration feature, please run the step-by-step wizard and follow the steps provided in the start page
of Eldes Utility. Please, note that based on the selected method, it might be necessary to send an SMS text message to the system’s phone
number in order to initiate the remote connection. By following the steps you will be instructed on what text must be sent to the system’s
phone number in such case.

SMS text message content:

Start the connection SMS ssss_STCONFIG
with server Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_STCONFIG

5.4.2. Ending the Remote Connection Session

After the remote system configuration is complete, use one of the following methods to end the configuration process:
• Click Disconnect or Stop button and close ELDES Configuration software.
• The session will automatically expire in 20 minutes. Before the last 5 minutes, the software will offer the user to extend the session for
another 20 minutes.
• Alternatively, the connection with the server can be terminated at any time by sending an SMS text message.

SMS text message content:

Terminate the SMS ssss_ENDCONFIG
connection with server Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_ENDCONFIG

Once the session is expired or terminated, the system will reply with an SMS text message confirming the end of the session.
5.5. System configuration by USB cable
In order to configure the system by USB cable, the user must plug the specified cable into personal computer’s USB port and launch the
pre-installed Eldes Utility. Configuration by USB cable and Eldes Utility does not require the external power supply to be connected to
the device. However, the device will NOT fully function when USB-powered .The user will be able to carry out some major part of system’s
configuration, with the exception of those functions, which are strictly related to GSM modem (disabled during the selected configuration
period) or associated with the Wireless connectivity (also disabled).

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 31

6. SMS PASSWORD AND INSTALLER CODE
For security reasons, the system uses the following type of password and code:
SMS password – 4-digit password used for system arming/disarming and configuration by SMS text messages. By default, SMS password is
0000, which MUST be changed!. SMS password is authorized to carry out the following:
• Access system configuration by SMS text messages.
• Arm/disarm partition.
• Activate/deactivate service mode.
• Set system date and time.
• Add/remove user phone numbers.
• Set SMS password.
• Turn ON/OFF PGM outputs.
• Restart system remotely.

Installer code – 4-digit password used for system configuration by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and Eldes Utility. By default, in-
staller code is 1470, which is highly recommended to change. Installer code is authorized to carry out the following:
• Access system configuration by keypad and Eldes Utility.
• Set installer code.
• Set master code.
• Activate/deactivate service mode.
• Set system date and time.
• Add/remove user phone numbers.
• Set SMS password.
• Restore system configuration to default.
• Clear tamper fault (if enabled).

SMS text message content:

SMS wwww_PSW_ssss
Set SMS password
Value: wwww – 4-digit existing SMS password; ssss – 4-digit new SMS password; range –
[0001... 9999].
Example: 0000_PSW_1111

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → SMS PASSWORD → OK → ssss → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; ssss – 4-digit new SMS password; range – [0001... 9999].

Enter parameter 14 and new SMS password:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 14 ssss #
EWKB4 Value: ssss – 4-digit new SMS password; range – [0001... 9999].
Example: 141111#

Config
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Tool

Menu path:
Set installer code EKB2 OK → 1470 → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → INSTALLER CODE → OK → iiii → OK
Value: iii – 4-digit new installer code; range – [0000... 9999].

Enter parameter 16 and new installer code:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 16 iiii #
EWKB4 Value: iiii – 4-digit new installer code; range – [0000... 9999].
Example: 162538#

Config
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Tool

32 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

7. SYSTEM LANGUAGE

The system comes equipped with a single language for communication with the user by SMS text messages and EKB2 keypad menu display.
The system language depends on ESIM384 firmware, which is based on the user’s location.

List of currently available system languages (firmwares):

• Czech
• English
• Estonian
• Finnish
• French
• German
• Greek
• Hungarian
• Italian
• Latvian
• Lithuanian
• Polish
• Portuguese
• Romanian
• Russian
• Slovak
• Icelandic *
• Danish
• Slovenian
• Dutch
• Macedonian
• Spanish

* - supports SMS text messages only.

NOTE: To obtain a firmware that features a different SMS and EKB2 menu language, please contact your local dealer.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 33

8. USER PHONE NUMBERS

The system supports up to 10 user phone numbers identified as User 1 through 10. When the phone number is set, the user will be able to
arm/disarm the system by SMS text messages and free of charge phone calls (see 12.1. Free of Charge Phone Call and 12.2. SMS Text
Message) as well as to configure the system by SMS text messages. User phone numbers are also used to receive alarm phone calls via
GSM connection and SMS text messages from the system (see 17. ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER).

By default, the system accepts incoming calls and SMS text messages from any phone number. Once a user phone number is listed, the
system ignores any incoming calls and SMS text messages from a non-listed phone number as well as it rejects the SMS text messages
containing wrong SMS password even from a listed user phone number (see 8.2. System Control from any Phone Number).

To set User 1 phone number is mandatory, while the other 9 are optional. The supported phone number formats are the following:

• International (with plus) – The phone numbers must be entered starting with plus and an international country code in the fol-
lowing format: +[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: +44170911XXXX1. This format can be used when
setting up the phone number by SMS text message and Eldes Utility.
• International (with 00) – The phone numbers must be entered starting with 00 and an international country code in the following
format: 00[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: 0044170911XXXX1. This format can be used when set­
ting up the phone number by SMS text message, EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and Eldes Utility.
• Local – The phone numbers must be entered starting with an area code in the following format: [area code][local number], example
for UK: 0170911XXXX1. This format can be used when setting up the phone number by SMS text message, EKB2/ EKB3/EKB3W/
EWKB4 keypad and Eldes Utility.

SMS text message content:

Add user phone SMS ssss_NRup:ttteeellnnuumm
number Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; up – user phone number slot, range – [1... 10]; ttteeelln-
nuumm – up to 15 digits user phone number.
Example: 1111_NR1:+44170911XXXX1

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → USERS → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → PHONE NUMBER → OK → ttteeellnnuumm → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits user phone number.

Enter parameter 17, user phone number slot and phone number:
EKB3/
EKB3W/ 17 up ttteeellnnuumm #
EWKB4 Value: up – user phone number slot, range – [01... 10]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits user
phone number.
Example: 17010044170911XXXX1#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

SMS text message content:

View user phone SMS ssss_HELPNR
number Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_HELPNR

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → USERS → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → PHONE NUMBER
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code;

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

34 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 SMS text message content:
Delete user phone SMS ssss_NRup:DEL
number Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; up – user phone number slot, range – [2... 10].
Example: 1111_NR2:DEL

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → USERS → OK →
GSM USER 2... 10 → OK → PHONE NUMBER → OK → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code;

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ATTENTION: NEVER add a phone number of the device’s SIM card as a user phone number!

ATTENTION: Once User 1 phone number is set, it will be restricted to modify it only.

NOTE: Multiple user phone numbers can be set by a single SMS text message,
Example: 1111_NR1:+44170911XXXX1_ NR2:+44170911XXXX2_NR6:0170911XXXX3_NR10:+44170911XXXX4

NOTE: Multiple user phone numbers can be deleted by a single SMS text message, Example: 1111_NR2:DEL_NR3:DEL_NR6:DEL_NR9:DEL_
NR:10:DEL

8.1. User Phone Number Names

When the system is armed or disarmed by free of charge phone call or SMS text message, the system sends a confirmation by SMS text mes-
sage to user phone number that the system arming/disarming was initiated from. The SMS text message is sent regarding each partition
separately and contains system status and partition name as well as it may contain a user name, set to the user phone number.

Manage user phone

number name Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES Configuration software.
Utility

8.2. System Control from any Phone Number

By default, once a user phone number is listed, the system ignores any incoming calls and SMS text messages from a non-listed phone
number as well as it rejects the SMS text messages containing wrong SMS password even from a listed user phone number. To permit/deny
system arming/disarming by phone call and SMS text message that contain a valid SMS password, configuration by SMS text message that
contain a valid SMS password from any phone number, please refer to the following configuration methods.

SMS text message content:

Enable system control
SMS ssss_STR:ON
from any phone
number Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_STR:ON

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → CTRL FROM ANY
NUM → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code;

EKB3/ Enter parameter 12 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 12 1 #
EWKB4 Example: 121#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ATTENTION: Due to security reasons it is HIGHLY UNRECOMMENDED to enable this feature.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 35

 SMS text message content:
Disable system
SMS ssss_STR:OFF
control from any
phone number Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_STR:OFF

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → CTRL FROM ANY
NUM → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code;

EKB3/ Enter parameter 12 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 12 0 #
EWKB4 Example: 120#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

9. DATE AND TIME

The system comes equipped with internal real-time clock (RTC) that keeps track of the current date and time. Once the system is up and
running, the user must set the correct date and time, otherwise the system will not operate properly. By default, after shutting down and
starting up the system, the date and time must be set again.

SMS text message content:

SMS ssss_yyyy.mt.dd_hr:mn
Set date and time
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; yyyy – year; mt – month, range – [01... 12]; dd – day, range
– [01... 31]; hr – hours, range – [00... 23]; mn – minutes, range – [00... 59].
Example: 1111_2014.03.16_14:33

Menu path:
EKB2 a) OK → uumm → OK → DATE/TIME SETTINGS → OK → yyyy-mt-dd hr:mn → OK
b) OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → DATE/TIME SETTINGS → OK → yyyy-mt-dd
hr:mn → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; yyyy – year; mt – month, range – [01... 12]; dd – day,
range – [01... 31]; hr – hours, range – [00... 23]; mn – minutes, range – [00... 59]; iiii – 4-digit
installer code.

Enter installer code to get into Configuration Mode first (see section 5.3
EKB3/
EKB3W/ EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 LED Keypad on page 30 to know how it is done).
EWKB4 When in Configuration Mode, enter parameter 66, date and time:
66 yyyy mt dd hr mn#
Value: yyyy – year; mt – month, range – [01... 12]; dd – day, range – [01... 31]; hr – hours, range
– [00... 23]; mn – minutes, range – [00... 59].
Example: 66201405291235#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ATTENTION! To set date and time using EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 command, described above, you MUST enter the Configuration mode first!

Eldes Utility provides the ability to select the Time Zone option. The user may also choose Get PC Time option, which instantly provides
the exact PC time.

NOTE: When the system is connected to the monitoring station via IP connection (see 30. MONITORING STATION) and/or when ELDES
Cloud Services feature is in use (see 36. ELDES CLOUD SERVICES), the date and time will be automatically synchronized with the monitoring
station or ELDES Cloud Services server upon the system startup. However, SIA IP data format users must enable time synchronization feature
using Eldes Utility.
9.1. Automatic Date and Time Synchronization

This feature enables the system to set the date and time automatically without the user being involved in this process. The system sup-
ports the following methods of automatic date and time synchronization that are used automatically on system start-up and periodically
(by default – every 30 days):

36 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

• Via GSM network – Once enabled, the system automatically sends a date/time request to the GSM operator. This method is the
most accurate synchronization method. Some GSM operators might not support it.
• By SMS text message – Once enabled, the system automatically sends the SMS text message to its own phone number and re-
trieves the date and time from the SMS text message reply, as the included date and time is set by the SMSC (SMS center). This
method is not as accurate as the synchronization via GSM network, but always effective.

By default, synchronization via GSM network is disabled. To enable/disable automatic date and time synchronization via GSM network,
please refer to the following configuration methods.

Enable/disable
synchronization via Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
GSM network Utility

By default, synchronization by SMS text message is disabled. To enable/disable automatic date and time synchronization by SMS text mes-
sage, please enter/remove device phone number using one of the following configuration methods.

Enter/remove device
phone number for Eldes This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
synchronization by Utility
SMS text message

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 37

10. MASTER AND USER CODES

NOTE for EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4: The Configuration mode must remain deactivated before accessing master and user code manage-
ment using the master code.

The system supports up to 30 numeric codes, identified as Master code and User code 2 through 30, allowing to carry out system arming/
disarming as well as minor system configuration and control by the keypad.

Master code is authorized to carry out the following:

• Arm/disarm partition.
• Bypass violated zones.
• View violated zones and tampers.
• View system faults.
• Set system date and time.
• View temperature sensor information.
• View event log,
• View and clear alarm log,
• Set/delete user codes.
• Turn ON/OFF PGM outputs.
• Assign an existing user code as Duress code.
• Assign an existing user code as SGS code.

User code is authorized to carry out the following:

• Arm/disarm partition.
• Bypass violated zones.
• View violated zones and tampers.
• View system faults.
• Set system date and time.
• View temperature sensor information.
• View and clear alarm log.

By default, only Master code is listed as 1111 and assigned Partition 1 ONLY. For more details regarding User/Master code partition, please
refer to 23.4. User/Master Code Partition.

Menu path:
EKB2 a) OK → vvvv → OK → CODES→ OK → MASTER CODE → OK → CODE → OK → mmmm → OK
Set master code
b) OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → MASTER CODE → mmmm → OK
Value: vvvv – 4-digit existing master code, range – [0000... 9999]; iiii – 4-digit installer code;
mmmm – 4-digit new master code, range – [0000... 9999].

a) Press , 0, enter existing master code and new master code:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 0 vvvv 01 mmmm # mm #
EWKB4 Value: vvvv – 4-digit existing master code; mmmm - 4-digit new master code; range -
[0000... 9999].
Example: 01111012222#

b) (Only when Configuration Mode is activated);

Enter parameter 63, existing master code and new master code:
63 vvvv mmmm #
Value: vvvv – 4-digit existing master code; mmmm – 4-digit new master code, range –
[0000... 9999].
Example: 6311112222#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

38 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Menu path:
EKB2 User code 2... 16: OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → USER CODE (2-16) → OK → USER CODE
Set user code
2... 16 → OK → CODE → OK → uuuu → OK
User code 17... 30: OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → USER CODE (17-30) → OK → USER
CODE 17... 30 → OK → CODE → OK → uuuu → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; uuuu – 4-digit user code, range – [0000... 9999].

Press , 0, enter master code, user code slot and user code:
EKB3/
EKB3W/ 0 mmmm us uuuuu #
EWKB4 Value: mmmm - 4-digit master code; us - user code slot, range - [02... 30]; uuuu - 4-digit user
code, range - [0000... 9999].
Example: 01111092556#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Delete user code EKB2 OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → REMOVE CODE → OK → uuuu → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; uuuu – 4-digit user code.

Press , 0, enter master code and user code slot:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 0 mmmm us #
EWKB4 Value: mmmm - 4-digit master code; us - user code slot, range - [02... 30].
Example: 0111109#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

NOTE: The system does not allow to set a duplicate code.

The user codes ranging from User code 2 through 10 can be set as SGS (Security Guard Service) code, which is used as a checkpoint by a
security service guard upon his/her visit in the secured location. When used, a data message, containing a certain event code, will be deliv-
ered to the monitoring station. However, NO system arming or disarming will be carried out after entering the SGS code.

Menu path:
Set SGS code EKB2 OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → SGS CODE → OK → N/A | USER CODE 2... 10 → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; N/A – SGS code not in use.

Press , 4, enter user code slot and enter master code:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 4 us mmmm #
EWKB4 Value: us - user code slot, range - [02... 10]; mmmm - 4-digit master code.
Example: 4041111#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

The Duress code is used when system arming or disarming is demanded by force. When used, the system will arm/disarm as well as it will
silently transmit an alert to the monitoring station. Only one of the user codes ranging from User code 2 through 10 can be set as Duress code.

Menu path:
Set Duress code EKB2 OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → DURESS CODE → OK → N/A | USER CODE 2... 10 → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; N/A – Duress code not in use.

Press , 3, enter user code slot and master code:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 3 us mmmm #
EWKB4 Value: us - user code slot, range - [02... 10]; mmmm - 4-digit master code.
Example: 3081111#

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 39

 Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

10.1. Master and User Code Names

When the system is armed or disarmed by entering a master or user code using a keypad, the system sends a confirmation by SMS text mes-
sage to user phone number, sharing the same partition (-s) as the keypad and user/master code. The SMS text message is sent regarding
each partition separately and contains system status and partition name as well as it may contain a user name, set to the user/master code.

Manage user/master Config

Tool This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
code name

40 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

11. IBUTTON KEYS

An iButton key is a unique 64-bit ID code containing chip enclosed in a stainless steel tab usually implemented in a small plastic holder.
ESIM384 system supports up to 16 iButton keys each holding a unique identity code (ID), which is used for system arming and disarming.

11.1. Adding and Removing iButton Keys

NOTE: iButton Key 1 can be added without Allow Adding New iButton Keys mode being enabled.

To add an iButton key to the system, do the following:

a) Disarm the system in all partitions (see 12. ARMING AND DISARMING).

b) Enable Allow Adding New iButton Keys mode.

c) Touch the key to the iButton key reader when the system is disarmed.

31

d) The successfully added iButton key will be indicated by short beeps emitted by the system’s buzzer.

e) Add as many iButton keys as necessary – touch one key after another to the reader – until the number of 16 keys is reached.

SMS text message content:

Enable Allow Adding
SMS ssss_IBPROG:ON
New iButton Keys
mode Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_IBPROG:ON

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → IBUTTON KEYS → OK → NEW IBUTTON → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 18 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 18 0 #
EWKB4 Example: 180#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

When adding of iButton keys is complete, please disable Allow Adding New iButton Keys mode.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 41

 SMS text message content:
Disable Allow Adding
SMS ssss_IBPROG:OFF
New iButton Keys
mode Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_IBPROG:ON

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → IBUTTON KEYS → OK → NEW IBUTTON → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 18 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 18 1 #
EWKB4 Example: 181#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

To view the ID of the added iButton keys, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Menu path:
View iButton key ID EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → IBUTTON KEYS → OK → IBUTTON → OK → IBUTTON 1...16 → OK → ID
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

If the iButton key is lost or stolen, due to security reasons it is highly recommended to remove it from the system.

Menu path:
Remove individual
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → IBUTTON KEYS → OK → IBUTTON → OK → IBUTTON 1...16 → OK →
iButton key from the
REMOVE → OK
system
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

SMS text message content:

Remove all iButton SMS ssss_RESETIB
keys from the system Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_RESETIB

11.2. iButton Key Names

When the system is armed or disarmed by iButton key, the system sends a confirmation by SMS text message to listed user phone number,
sharing the same partition (-s) as the key. The SMS text message is sent regarding each partition separately and contains system status and
partition name as well as it may contain a user name, set to the iButton key.

Manage iButton key

Eldes
name This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

42 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

12. ARMING AND DISARMING

The system features the following methods to carry out arming and disarming process:

• Free of charge phone call

• SMS text message
• EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad, EWKB5 touchpad and user/master code
• iButton key
• EWK2/EWK2A wireless keyfob
• Arm-Disarm by Zone
• EGR100 middle-ware
• Automatic arm/disarm by scheduler
• ELDES Cloud Services platform

The system partitions can be armed/disarmed by the listed user phone number, EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and user/master code,
iButton key, EWK2/EWK2A wireless keyfob, automatically according to the scheduled weekday and time or zone, which is set up for Arm-Dis-
arm by Zone method. For example, if User 1 phone number is assigned to Partition 1, 2 and 4, the user will be able to arm/disarm Partition 1, 2
and 4 by a single phone call to the system (see 23. PARTITIONS).

By default, when the system is successfully armed or disarmed, it replies with confirmation by SMS text message. For more details on SMS
text message regarding system arming/disarming and how to manage it, please refer to 12.10. Disabling and Enabling Arm/Disarm
Notifications.

By default, it is allowed to arm the system while the following system faults are present (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS):
• Mains power is lost.
• Low battery.
• Battery dead or missing.
• Battery failed.
• Siren failed.
• Date/time not set.
• GSM connection failed.
• GSM/GPRS antenna failed.
• Wireless antenna failed.
• Keypad lost.
• Wireless power socket (EWM1) fault.
• Wireless device battery low.
• Communication to MS failed.
• RF jammer detected.

In case of violated zone/tamper presence when attempting to arm the system by free of charge phone call, SMS text message, iButton key
and Arm-Disarm by Zone method, the system will reply with SMS text message containing violated zone/tamper number. Due to security
reasons it is highly recommended to restore the violated zone/tamper before arming the system. For more details on how to arm the sys-
tem regardless of the violated zone or tamper presence, please refer to 14.6. Zone Attributes, 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones
and 16.TAMPERS respectively.

The system ignores any incoming calls and SMS text messages from a non-listed phone number as well as it rejects the SMS text messages
containing wrong SMS password even from a listed user phone number. For more details regarding arming/disarming the system from a
non-listed phone number, please refer to 8.2. System Control from any Phone Number.

NOTE: The system remembers the last status (armed/disarmed) of all partitions even after complete shut down.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 43

12.1. Free of Charge Phone Call
To arm, disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm, dial the system‘s phone number from any of 10 available user phone numbers
(see 8. USER PHONE NUMBERS for user phone number management). The phone call is free charge as the system rejects it
and carries out arming/disarming procedure afterwards. When arming – the system rejects the phone call after 2 rings, when
disarming – the system rejects the phone call immediately. If there is more than one listed user dialling to the system at the
same time, the sys­tem will accept the incoming call from the user who was the first to dial while other user (-s) will be ignored.
When system’s phone number is dialled for arming, the system will proceed as follows:

• Non-partitioned system:
• If ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will arm.
• If unready (violated zone/tamper is present), the system will not arm and provide a list of violated zones/tampers by SMS text
message to user phone number. In such case the user must restore all violated zones and tampers before arming the system.
Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling
and Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes), while the tampers can
be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS).
• Partitioned system:
• If all partitions are disarmed ready, the system will arm them.
• If one or more partitions are disarmed unready (violated zone/tamper is present), the system will arm the ready partition (-s) and
skip the unready one (-s). The system will then send an SMS text message, containing a list of violated zones/tampers, to user
phone number that the system arming was initiated from.
• If a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will arm the disarmed ready partitions and skip
the armed ones.
When a user phone number is assigned to multiple partitions, the user will be able arm/disarm the corresponding system partitions by
dialling the system’s phone number. For example, if User 1 is assigned to Partition 1, 2 and 3, the user will be able to arm/disarm Partition 1,
2 and 3 by a single phone call to the system from User 1 phone number. For more details on how to set user phone number partition, please
refer to 23.2. User Phone Number Partition.

32

CALL

User ESIM384

By default, all listed user phone numbers are granted with permission to arm and disarm the system by free of charge phone call and SMS
text message. To disable/enable arming or disarming for certain listed user phone numbers, please refer to the following configuration
method.

Manage arming and

disarming for listed Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
user phone numbers Utility

12.2. SMS Text Message

To arm the system by SMS text message, send the following text to the system‘s phone number from any of 10 available user
SMS phone numbers (see 8. USER PHONE NUMBERS for user phone number management).

SMS text message content:

Arm the system ssss_ARMp or ssss_ARMp,p,p,p
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; p – partition number, range – [1... 4].
Example: 1111_ARM1

33

SMS

User ESIM384

44 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 When the SMS text message for arming is sent to the system’s phone number, the system will proceed as follows:
• Non-partitioned system:
• If ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will arm.
• If unready, the system will not arm and provide a list of violated zones/tampers by SMS text message to user phone
number. In such case the user must restore all violated zones and tampers before arming the system. Alternatively, the
violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling and
Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes), while the tampers
can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS).
• Partitioned system:
• If all partitions are disarmed ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will arm them.
• If one or more partitions are disarmed unready (violated zone/tamper is present), the system will arm the ready par-
tition (-s) and skip the unready one (-s). The system will then send an SMS text message, containing a list of violated
zones/tampers, to user phone number that the system arming was initiated from.
• If a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will arm the disarmed ready partitions
and skip the armed ones.
To disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm by SMS text message, send the following text to the system‘s phone number from any of 10 available
user phone numbers:

SMS text message content:

Disarm the system and
ssss_DISARMp or ssss_DISARMp,p,p,p
turn OFF the alarm
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; p – partition number, range – [1... 4].
Example: 1111_DISARM1,2,4

34

SMS

User ESIM384

When a user phone number is assigned to multiple partitions, the user will be able arm/disarm the corresponding system partitions by
sending the SMS text message to the system’s phone number. For example, if User 3 is assigned to Partition 2 and 3, the user will be able
to arm/disarm Partition 2 and/or 3 by sending an SMS text message from User 3 phone number. For more details on how to set user phone
number partition, please refer to 23.2. User Phone Number Partition.

By default, all listed user phone numbers are granted with permission to arm and disarm the system by free of charge phone call and SMS
text message. To disable/enable arming or disarming for certain listed user phone numbers, please refer to the following configuration
method.

Manage arming and

disarming for listed Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
user phone numbers Utility

12.3. EKB2 Keypad and User/Master Code

icon displayed next to the partition name in the home screen view of EKB2 keypad indicates that no violated zones and/or tampers
are present, therefore the partition is ready for arming. If icon is displayed instead, the partition is unready for arming, therefore the
user must restore all violated zones and/or tampers before arming the partition. Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see
14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting
in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes), while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS). icon appears in the home screen
view if system fault (-s) exist (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS).
When a user/master code is assigned to multiple partitions, the user will be able arm/disarm the corresponding system partitions by EKB2
keypad using partition selection menu. However, if a user/master code is assigned to Partition 1, 2 and 4, while EKB2 keypad is assigned
to Partition 2, the user will be able to arm/disarm Partition 1, 2 and 4, but the keypad will only display Partition 2 name and the related
information in home screen view. For more details on how to set keypad partition and user/master code partition, please refer to 23.3.
Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch and 23.4. User/ Master Code Partition respectively.
12.3.1. Arming the System

To arm the system by EKB2 keypad, enter any out of 29 available 4-digit user codes or master code using the number keys on the keypad
(see 10. MASTER AND USER CODES for user/master code management). By default, the arming process is as follows:
• Non-partitioned system - When a valid user code is entered, the system will initiate exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short
beeps, the keypad will switch to home screen view and display the countdown timer.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 45

 Enter user/master code:
Arm the system uumm → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

• Partitioned system - arming a single partition – When a valid user or master code is entered, the keypad will display the partition
selection menu. Once a partition that is to be armed is selected, the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s
buzzer will emit short beeps and the keypad will display ARMING part-name message for 3 seconds followed by partition selection
menu. When the keypad back-light timeout expires, the home screen view will follow. If key is touched twice during exit delay, the
keypad will return to home screen view and display the countdown timer next to the partition name that is being armed.

Enter user/master code and select partition:

uumm → OK → [p] part-name → OK or OK → uumm → OK → ARM/DIS PARTITION → OK → [p] part-
Arm the system
name → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; p – partition number, range – [1... 4], part-name – up to 15
characters partition name

• Partitioned system - arming multiple partitions simultaneously – When a valid user or master code is entered, the keypad will
display the partition selection menu. Once ARM ALL menu item is selected the system will proceed as follows:
• if all partitions are disarmed-ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s
buzzer will emit short beeps and the keypad will display multiple ARMING part-name messages for 3 seconds reflecting each
partition the user/master code is assigned to, followed by partition selection menu.
• if one or more partitions are disarmed unready (contains violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit
delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and the keypad will display ARMING part-name message (-s) reflecting ready
partition (-s), while the unready partition (-s) will be skipped indicated by part-name NOT READY message (-s) followed by
partition selection menu. Each message will be displayed for 2 seconds and corresponds to the partition (-s) the user/master code
is assigned to.
• if a combination of armed and disarmed-ready partitions exist, the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s
buzzer will emit short beeps and the keypad will display ARMING part-name message (-s) seconds reflecting ready partition (-s),
while the pre-armed partition (-s) will be skipped. Each message will be displayed for 2 seconds and corresponds to the partition (-s)
the user/master code is assigned to.
When the keypad back-light timeout expires, the home screen view will follow. If key is touched twice during exit delay, the keypad will
return to home screen view and display the countdown timers next to the partition names the keypad is assigned to.

Enter user/master code:

Arm all partitions
uumm → OK → ARM ALL → OK or OK → uumm → OK → ARM/DIS PARTITION → OK → ARM ALL → OK
simultaneously
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

When successfully armed:

• the countdown timers will disappear.
• in addition, the keypad may display icon next to the partition name that has been armed (by default – disabled).

Enable/disable Show
Eldes
ARMED status in This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility
keypad

NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes and the
keypad will display KEYPAD BLOCKED message. While the keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code.
The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute time has expired and display KEYPAD UNBLOCKED message

12.3.2. Cancelling System Arming

To cancel the arming process:

• Non-partitioned system – Enter the user/master code again during exit delay countdown.
• Partitioned system – Select the partition again, that is currently being armed, from the partition selection menu during exit delay
countdown. The keypad will display part-name ARMING TERMINATED message for 2 seconds followed by partition selection menu.

12.3.3. Disarming the System and Turning OFF the Alarm

To disarm and turn OFF the alarm, enter any out of 29 available 4-digit user codes or master code using the number keys on the keypad. By
default, the system disarming process is as follows:
• Non-partitioned system – When a valid user or master code is entered, the keypad will switch to home screen view.

46 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Enter user/master code:
Disarm the system and
uumm → OK
turn OFF the alarm
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

• Partitioned system - disarming a single partition – When a valid user or master code is entered, the keypad will display the
partition selection menu. Once a partition that is to be disarmed is selected, the keypad will display part-name DISARMED message
for 2 seconds and return to partition selection menu followed by home screen view after the keypad back-light timeout expires.
Alternatively, the key may be touched in order to instantly return to home screen view.

Enter user/master code and select partition:

Disarm the system and uumm → OK → [p] part-name → OK or OK → uumm → OK → ARM/DIS PARTITION → OK → [p] part-name
turn OFF the alarm → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; p – partition number, range – [1... 4], part-name – up to 15
characters partition name

• Partitioned system; disarming multiple partitions simultaneously – When a valid user or master code is entered, the keypad will
display the partition selection menu. Once DISARM ALL menu item is selected, the keypad will display multiple part-name DISARMED
messages for 2 seconds reflecting each partition the user/master code is assigned to and return to partition selection menu followed
by home screen view after the keypad back-light timeout expires. Alternatively, the key may be touched in order to instantly return
to home screen view.

Disarm all partitions Enter user/master code:

and turn OFF the alarm uumm → OK → DISARM ALL → OK or OK → uumm → OK → ARM/DIS PARTITION → OK → DISARM ALL → OK
simultaneously Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

When successfully disarmed, the keypad may display icon next to the partition name that has been disarmed (by default - disabled).

Enable/disable Show
Eldes
ARMED status in This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility
keypad

NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes and the
keypad will display KEYPAD BLOCKED message. While the keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code.
The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute time has expired and display KEYPAD UNBLOCKED message.

12.4. EKB3 Keypad and User/Master Code

ATTENTION: EKB3 keypad can operate either in 2-partition or in 4-partition mode. The description of the following procedure is based
on 4-partition mode operation on EKB3 keypad. The arming/disarming procedure in 2-partition mode using EKB3 keypad would be car-
ried out identically to EKB3W/EWKB4 wireless keypads. For more details on 2-partition mode, please refer to 12.5. EKB3W/EWKB4
Keypads and User/Master Code.

Illuminated indicator on EKB3 keypad indicates that no violated zones and/or tampers are present, therefore the partition is ready for
arming. If the indicator is not illuminated, the partition is unready for arming, therefore the user must restore all violated zones and/
or tampers before arming the partition. Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones),
disabled (see 14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes),
while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS). Indicator will illuminate or flash if system fault (-s) exist (see 29. INDICATION
OF SYSTEM FAULTS).
The system will arm/disarm the partition corresponding to the one that user/master code and the keypad are assigned to. For example,
if User code 4 is assigned to Partition 2, 3 and 4, while EKB3 keypad is assigned to Partition 2, the user will be able to arm/disarm only
Partition 2 by entering User code 4. For more details on how to set keypad partition and user/master code partition, please refer to 23.3.
Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch and 23.4. User/ Master Code Partition respectively.

12.4.1. Arming the System

To arm the system by EKB3 keypad, enter any out of 29 available 4-digit user codes or master code using the number keys on the keypad
(see 10. MASTER AND USER CODES for user/master code management). By default, the arming process is as follows:
• Non-partitioned system – When a valid user/master code is entered, the system will initiate exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit
short beeps and the indicator along with number [1], [2], [3] and [4] keys will light ON. When the system is successfully armed, the
keypad’s buzzer will silent down.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 47

 Enter user/master code:
uumm
Arm the system
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222

• Partitioned system – arming a single partition – To arm a different partition than the keypad is assigned to, use keypad partition
switch feature (by default – disabled; see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch) before the arming process.

Switch keypad par- Hold the [1]... [4] key and release it after 3 short beeps:
tition Value: [1]... [4] key – partition number 1... 4 respectively.

Once the partition is switched and a valid user/master code is entered, the system will initiate exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short
beeps and the indicator along with the number [1]... [4] key, indicating the partition that is to be armed, will light ON. When the system is
successfully armed, the keypad’s buzzer will silent down.

Enter user/master code:

uumm
Arm the system
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222

• Partitioned system - arming all 4 partitions simultaneously – If a user/master code assigned to all 4 partitions exists, user can
arm all partitions simultaneously. When this feature is used, the system will proceed as follows:
• if all partitions are disarmed-ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s
buzzer will emit short beeps and indicator along with number [1], [2], [3] and [4] keys will light ON. When the system is successfully
armed, the keypad’s buzzer will silent down.
• if one or more partitions are disarmed unready (keypad number [1]... [4] key flashing, indicating the partition that contains violated
zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and keypad indicator
(if the keypad is switched to a non-violated partition) along with the number [1]... [4] key, indicating the partition that is to be
armed, will light ON. The ready partition (-s) will be armed and the unready one (-s) will be skipped.
• if a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the
keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and keypad indicator (if the keypad is switched to a disarmed partition) along with the
number [1]... [4] key, indicating the partition that is to be armed, will light ON. The disarmed-ready partitions will be armed and the
pre-armed ones will be skipped.

Hold the [0] key, release it after 3 short beeps and enter user/ master code:
Arm all 4 partitions 0 uumm
simultaneously Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 0 2222

Alternatively, the user can arm multiple partitions one by one (see Partitioned system - arming a single partition above).

NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes. While the
keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code. The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute
time has expired/

NOTE: Before arming all 4 partitions simultaneously, the user/master code must be assigned to all 4 partitions and the keypad parti-
tion switch feature enabled (see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch).

12.4.2. Cancelling System Arming

To cancel the arming process, enter the user/master code again during exit delay countdown.

12.4.3. Disarming the System and Turning OFF the Alarm

To disarm and turn OFF the alarm, enter any out of 29 available 4-digit user codes or master code using the number keys on the keypad. By
default, the system disarming process is as follows:
• Non-partitioned system – When a valid user/ master code is entered, indicator and the number [1] key will light OFF.

Enter user/master code:

Disarm the system and uumm
turn OFF the alarm Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222

• Partitioned system – disarming a single partition – To disarm a different partition than the keypad is assigned to, use keypad partition
switch feature (by default – disabled; see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch) before the disarming process.

48 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Switch keypad par- Hold the [1]... [4] key and release it after 3 short beeps:
tition Value: [1]... [4] key – partition number 1... 4 respectively.

Once the partition is switched and a valid user/master code is entered, indicator and the number [1]... [4] key, indicating the partition
that has been disarmed, will light OFF.

Enter user/master code:

Disarm the system and uumm
turn OFF the alarm Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222

• Partitioned system - disarming all 4 partitions simultaneously – If a user/master code assigned to all 4 partitions exists, user can
disarm and turn OFF the alarm in all partitions simultaneously. When this feature is used, the system will proceed as follows:
• if all partitions are armed and a valid user/master code is entered, indicator along with the number [1], [2], [3] and [4] keys will
light OFF.
• if one or more partitions are disarmed unready (keypad number [1]... [4] key flashing, indicating the partition that contains violated
zone/tamper), the system will deny simultaneous partition disarming until the partition’s zone/tamper violation is removed.
• if a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will initiate exit delay. During the exit delay, the
keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and keypad indicator (if the keypad is switched to a disarmed partition) along with the
number [1]... [4] key, indicating the partition that is to be armed, will light ON. The disarmed-ready partitions will be armed and the
pre-armed ones will be skipped. In order to disarm all 4 partitions simultaneously, the user must repeat the following command:

Hold the [0] key, release it after 3 short beeps and enter user/ master code:
Disarm and turn OFF 0 uumm
the alarm in all 4 parti- Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
tions simultaneously Example: 0 2222

Alternatively, the user can disarm and turn OFF the alarm in multiple partitions one by one (see Partitioned system - disarming a single
partition above).

NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes. While the
keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code. The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute
time has expired.

NOTE: Before disarming all 4 partitions simultaneously, the user/master code must be assigned to all 4 partitions and the keypad
partition switch feature enabled (see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch).

12.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 Keypads and User/Master Code

ATTENTION: The user will be able arm/disarm only the first two system partitions using EKB3W keypad. Partition 3 and Partition 4 are
NOT supported by EKB3W keypad.

Illuminated indicator on EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad indicates that no violated zones and/or tampers are present, therefore the partition is
ready for arming. If the indicator is not illuminated, the partition is unready for arming, therefore the user must restore all violated zones
and/or tampers before arming the partition. Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating
Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone
Attributes), while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS). Indicator will illuminate or flash if system fault (-s) exist (see 29.
INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS).
The system will arm/disarm the partition corresponding to the one that user/master code and the keypad are assigned to. For example,
if User code 4 is assigned to Partition 2, while EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad is assigned to Partition 1, the user will be able to arm/disarm only
Partition 2 by entering User code 4. For more details on how to set keypad partition and user/master code partition, please refer to 23.3.
Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch and 23.4. User/ Master Code Partition respectively.

12.5.1. Arming the System

• Non-partitioned system – When a valid user/master code is entered, the system will initiate exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit
short beeps and the indicator will light ON. When the system is successfully armed, the keypad’s buzzer will silent down.

Enter user/master code:

uumm
Arm the system
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 49

• Partitioned system - arming a single partition – To arm a different partition than the keypad is assigned to, use keypad partition
switch feature (by default – disabled; see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch) before the arming process.

Switch keypad par- Hold the [1]... [2] key and release it after 3 short beeps:
tition Value: [1]... [2] key – partition number 1... 2 respectively.

Once the partition is switched, indicator will light ON in EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad’s section A (= Partition 1) or B (= Partition 2) and a by
entering a valid user/master code, the system will initiate exit delay, the keypad’s buzzer will emit short beeps and the indicator will
light ON in the respective EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad’s section. When the system is successfully armed, the keypad’s buzzer will silent down.

Enter user/master code:

uumm
Arm the system
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222
To arm multiple partitions, please arm the partitions one by one by following the aforementioned procedure.

NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes. While the
keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code. The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute
time has expired/

12.5.2. Cancelling System Arming

To cancel the arming process, enter the user/master code again during exit delay countdown.

12.5.3. Disarming the System and Turning OFF the Alarm

To disarm and turn OFF the alarm, enter any out of 29 available 4-digit user codes or master code using the number keys on the keypad. By
default, the system disarming process is as follows:
• Non-partitioned system – When a valid user/ master code is entered, indicator will light OFF.

Enter user/master code:

Disarm the system and uumm
turn OFF the alarm Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222
• Partitioned system - disarming a single partition – To disarm and turn OFF the alarm in a different partition than the keypad is
assigned to, use keypad partition switch feature (by default – disabled; see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch)
before the disarming process.

Switch keypad par- Hold the [1]... [2] key and release it after 3 short beeps:
tition Value: [1]... [2] key – partition number 1... 2 respectively.

Once the partition is switched, indicator will light ON in EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad’s section A (= Partition 1) or B (= Partition 2) and a by
entering a valid user/master code, indicator will light OFF.

Enter user/master code:

Disarm the system and uumm
turn OFF the alarm Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 2222
To disarm and turn OFF the alarm in multiple partitions, please disarm the partitions one by one by following the aforementioned procedure.

NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the keypad for 2 minutes. While the
keypad is blocked, the system prevents from entering any user/master code. The keypad will automatically unblock once the 2-minute
time has expired.

50 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

12.6. iButton Key

To arm or disarm the system and turn OFF the alarm, touch the iButton key reader by any of 16 available iButton keys (see 11.
iBUTTON KEYS for iBut­ton key management). When the iButton is touched to the iButton key reader for arming, the system
will proceed as follows:

Non-partitioned system:
• If ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay and arm.
• If unready, the system will not arm and provide a list of violated zones/tampers by SMS text message to user phone num-
ber. In such case the user must restore all violated zones and tampers before arming the system. Alternatively, the violated
zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see 14.9. Disabling and Enabling
Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes), while the tampers can be dis-
abled (see 16. TAMPERS).

Partitioned system:
• If all partitions are disarmed ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will initiate exit delay and arm them.
• If one or more partitions are disarmed unready (violated zone/tamper is present), the system will arm the ready par­tition
(-s) and skip the unready one (-s).
• If a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will initiate exit delay, arm the disarmed
ready partitions and skip the armed ones.

35

When an iButton key is assigned to multiple partitions, the user will be able to arm/disarm the corresponding system partitions
by touching the iButton key to the reader. For example, if iButton 5 is assigned to Partition 1 and 4, the user will be able to arm/
disarm Partition 1 and 4 by touching iButton 5 to the reader. For more details on how to set iButton key partition, please refer
to 23.5. iButton Key Partition.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 51

12.7. EWK2 Wireless Keyfob

Non-partitioned system:
EWK2 To arm the system, press 1 of 4 keyfob buttons set to arm the system (by default, EWK 2 - ). When EWK2 button is pressed
for arming, the system will proceed as follows:
• If ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will arm.
• If unready, the system will not arm. In such case the user must restore all violated zones and tampers before arming the
system. Alternatively, the violated zones can be bypassed (see 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones), disabled (see
14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones) or a Force attribute enabled (resulting in partial arm; see 14.6. Zone Attributes),
while the tampers can be disabled (see 16. TAMPERS).

Partitioned system:
To arm the system, press 1 of 4 keyfob buttons with Partition Selection action assigned followed by a button with Arm the
System action assigned (by default, EWK 2 - ). When EWK2 button is pressed for arming, the system will proceed as follows:
• If all partitions are disarmed ready (no violated zone/tamper), the system will arm them.
• If one or more partitions are disarmed unready (violated zone/tamper is present), the system will arm the ready par­tition
(-s) and skip the unready one (-s).
• If a combination of armed and disarmed ready partitions is present, the system will arm the disarmed ready partitions and
skip the armed ones.

36

Arm the
system

To disarm the system, press 1 of 4 keyfob buttons set to disarm the system (by default, EWK2 - ).

37

Disarm
the
system

To verify if the system has been successfully armed, do not release the Arm the System keyfob button and wait for the 3 short
keyfob buzzer’s beeps/indicator’s flashes indicating the successfully carried out command. The long beep/flash indicates the
unsuccessful command.

When a certain keyfob’s button is assigned to multiple partitions, the user will be able to arm/disarm the corresponding system
partition (-s) assigned to the button with Partition Selection action followed by a button with Arm the System/Disarm the
System action. For more details on how to set the keyfob partition, please refer to Eldes Utility‘s documentation.

NOTE: Single EWK2 keyfob button can be configured to carry out Partition Selection and Control Output/Output Toggle/Output Pulse actions.
In such case the PGM output control action will be executed with a 3-second delay once the button is pressed and in case it is not followed
within a 3-second period by a button with Arm the System or Disarm the System action assigned.

52 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

12.8. Arm-Disarm by Zone
ARM/
The Arm-Disarm by Zone feature allows to use a zone for arming and disarming the alarm system. The process is performed by
DISARM applying a low-level pulse for more than 3 seconds to the specified zone. It means that violating and restoring the zone leads to
ZONE system arming and by repeating this action the system becomes disarmed. The system will arm/disarm the partition (-s) that
the zone is assigned to. Up to 4 on-board zones can be set to arm/disarm up to 4 system partitions by this method.

Menu path:
Set zone for Arm-
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ARM/DISARM BY ZONE → OK → ZONE 1... 4 → OK → nn
Disarm by Zone
method Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; nn – on-board zone number, range – [01... 16].

Enter parameter 34, on-board zone slot and zone number:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 34 z nn #
EWKB4 Value: z – on-board zone slot for Arm-Disarm by Zone method; range - [1... 4]; nn – on-board
zone number, range – [01... 16].
Example: 34023#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Disable Arm-Disarm by EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ARM/DISARM BY ZONE → OK → ZONE 1... 4 → OK → 0
Zone method
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 34, on-board zone slot and parameter status value:
EKB3/
EKB3W/ 34 z 00 #
EWKB4 Value: z – on-board zone slot for Arm-Disarm by Zone method; range - [1... 4].
Example: 34200#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

12.9. Automatic Arm/Disarm by Scheduler

The system comes equipped with an automatic arm/disarm feature that operates according to the specified weekday and time. This fea-
ture requires to set up the Start Time value of a certain scheduler and assign it to either Arm System or Disarm System action, which is
associated with a certain partition (all partitions).

Manage automatic Eldes

arm/disarm method This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

For more details on the scheduler management, please refer to 18.6.2. Schedulers.
12.10. Disabling and Enabling Arm/Disarm Notifications
By default, when the system is successfully armed or disarmed, it replies with confirmation by SMS text message to:
• user phone number, sharing the same partition as EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and user/master code, iButton key, EWK2 wire-
less keyfob or zone, set up for Arm/Disarm by Zone method.
• user phone number that the system arming/disarming by free of charge phone call was initiated from.
• user phone number that the system arming/disarming by SMS text message was initiated from.
The confirmation SMS text message is sent to the user phone number regarding each partition separately and contains system status and
partition name as well as it may contain a user name assigned to user phone number, user/master code or iButton key. For more details on
names, please refer to 8.1. User Phone Number Names, 10.1. User/Master Code Names and 11.2. iButton Key Names.
To disable/enable this notification for individual user phone number, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Menu path:
Disable arm/disarm EKB2 System armed:
notification User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 53

 System disarmed:
Disable arm/disarm EKB2 User phone number: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
notification → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE→ OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 System armed event
User phone number: 25 01 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 01 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 01 0 #
System disarmed event
User phone number: 25 02 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 02 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 02 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2502040#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Enable arm/disarm EKB2 System armed:
notification User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
System disarmed:
User phone number: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → ENBABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 System armed event
User phone number: 25 01 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 01 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 01 1 #
System disarmed event
User phone number: 25 02 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 02 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 02 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2502061#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ATTENTION: The system will always deliver an SMS notification to the user after arming/disarming the system by SMS text message method
even if the arm/ disarm SMS notification is disabled.
For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS delivery report parameters affect the SMS text mes-
sage transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.

54 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

13. EXIT AND ENTRY DELAY

When arming, the system initiates the exit delay countdown (by default – 15 seconds) intended for the user to leave the secured area. The
exit delay is indicated by short beeps emitted by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad buzzer and buzzer, connected to the alarm system.
When arming:

• a non-partitioned system, a countdown timer will be displayed in the home screen view of EKB2 during exit delay.
• a partitioned system, EKB2 keypad will display ARMING part-name message on the screen for 2 seconds and switch to partition
selection menu during exit delay.

Exit delay is provided when arming the system by the following methods:

• EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and user/master code.

• iButton key.
• Arm/Disarm by Zone.

To arm the system without exit delay, use one of the following system arming methods:
• Free of charge phone call.
• SMS text message.
• EWK2/EWK2A wireless keyfob
• EGR100 middle-ware.

SMS text message content:

SMS ssss_EXITDELAY:p,ext or ssss_EXITDELAY:p,ext;p,ext;p,ext;p,ext
Set exit delay
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; p – partition number, range – [1... 4], ext – exit delay
duration, range – [0... 600] seconds.
Example: 1111_EXITDELAY:1,20;3,43

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → EXIT DELAY → OK → PARTITION 1... 4 → OK →
ext → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code;, ext – exit delay duration, range – [0... 600] seconds.

Enter parameter 72, partition number and exit delay duration:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 72 pp ext #
EWKB4 Value: pp – partition number, range – [01... 04], ext – exit delay duration, range – [0... 600]
seconds.
Example: 7203259#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

NOTE: Alternatively, you can set exit delay value to “0” in order to arm the system without exit delay by any available method.

NOTE: EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad buzzer will only beep if the keypad is operating in the partition where exit delay countdown is in
progress.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 55

Once the exit delay has expired, the system is armed. Upon return and violation of delay zone, the system will initiate the entry delay
countdown (by default – 15 seconds) after the user has entered the secured area. The countdown is indicated by short beeps provided by
the mini-buzzer built in to the keypad. Entry delay countdown is intended for user to enter a valid user code and disarm the system before
the alarm is caused.

SMS text message content:

Set entry delay for SMS ssss_ENTRYDELAY:nn,eeeee or ssss_ENTRYDELAY:nn,eeeee;nn,eeeee;nn,eeeee;nn,eeeee
Delay zone Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; nn – zone number, range – [1... 144], eeeee – entry delay
duration, range – [0... 9999] seconds.
Example: 1111_ENTRYDELAY:1,25;54,14;12,20

Menu path:
EKB2 On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK
→ ENTRY DELAY → OK → eeeee → OK
Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →
WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → ENTRY DELAY → OK → eeeee → OK
Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD
ZONE → OK → ENTRY DELAY → OK → eeeee → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → EPGM1 ZONE 1... 32 →
OK → ENTRY DELAY → OK → eeeee → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; eeeee – entry delay duration, range – [0... 9999] seconds.

Enter parameter 54, partition number and entry delay duration:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 54 nn eeeee #
EWKB4 Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144], eeeee – entry delay duration, range – [0... 9999]
seconds
Example: 5403259#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

NOTE: Due to battery power saving reasons, EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad buzzer will not sound during entry delay if the violated Delay type zone
is not of the associated EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad.

For more details on zone types, please refer to 14.5. Zone Type Definitions.

56 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

14. ZONES
Detection devices such as motion detectors and door contacts are connected to the alarm system’s zone terminals. Once connected, the
associated zone’s parameters must be configured.
ESIM384 comes equipped with 8 on-board zones allowing to connect up to 8 detection devices. For more details regarding zone expansion,
please refer to 14.2. Zone Expansion.

ESIM384 zones are classified by 5 categories:

Max. number of Max. number of

Zone category Description
zones per device zones in total
On-board zones Built-in wired zones of ESIM384 alarm system. 8/16* 8/16*
Keypad zones Hardwired zones of EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad. 1 4
EPGM1 zones Zones of EPGM1 - hardwired zone and PGM output expan- 16 32
sion module.
Wireless zones Non-physical zones automatically created by connected 4** 128***
wireless devices.
Virtual zones Non-physical zones intended for Panic button feature (alarm 64**** 64****
activation upon pressing the button) on EWK2 wireless key-
fob. Virtual zones can be manually created using Eldes Utility.

* - 8-Zone mode is enabled by default. ATZ mode doubles the on-board zone number and increases it to 16 in total.
** - Depends on the paired wireless device.
*** - Available only if no keypad zones, EPGM1 zones and virtual zones are present.
**** - Available only if no keypad zones, EPGM1 zones and wireless zones are present.

14.1. 
Zone Numbering

The zone numbers ranging from Z1 through Z16 are permanently reserved for on-board zones even when ATZ mode is disabled. The
Z17-Z144 zone numbers are automatically assigned in the chronological order to the created virtual zones and the devices connected to
the system: keypads, wireless devices, EPGM1 modules.

14.2. Zone Expansion

For additional detection device connection, the number of zones can be expanded by:

• enabling the ATZ (Advanced Technology zone) mode (see 14.4. ATZ (Advanced Technology Zone) Mode).
• connecting EPGM1 hardwired zone and PGM output expansion module.
• connecting keypads (see 32.1.1. EKB2 – LCD Keypad, 32.1.2. EKB3 – LED Keypad and 19.4. EKB3W/EWKB4 – Wireless LED
Keypad).
• pairing wireless devices (see 19. WIRELESS DEVICES).
• creating virtual zones (see Eldes Utility’s Help section).

The maximum supported number of zones is 144.

14.3. 8-Zone Mode

By default, ESIM384 alarm system runs in the 8-Zone mode under zone connection Type 1 allowing to connect up to 8 detection devices of
NO (normally-open) type to the on-board zone terminals as indicated in the wiring diagram of Type 1. Different zone connection types of
8-Zone mode can be individually assigned to each on-board zone.

The EPGM1 module supports “non ATZ” mode only, while the selected zone connection type applies to hardwired zones of EPGM1 module
altogether. By default, EPGM1 module runs under zone connection Type 1. However, a mixed combination of Type 1 and Type 2 zone con-
nection types is supported simultaneously regardless of the type (Type 1 or Type 2) selected in the system’s configuration. Once Type 3 zone
connection type is selected, the detection device wiring on EPGM1 module zones must be done according to the wiring diagram of the
associated type.

The keypads support Type 1 and Type 2 wiring. A mixed combination of both zone connection types is supported by keypad zones.

Zone connection types featured by 8-Zone mode are following:

• Type 1 – Parallel wiring of NO (normally-open) detection device with 5,6kΩ EOL (end-of-line) resistor.
• Type 2 – Consecutive wiring of NC (normally-closed) detection device with 5,6kΩ EOL resistor.
• Type 3 – Combination of serial and parallel wiring of tamper with 5,6kΩ EOL resistor and NC detection device with 3,3kΩ EOL resistor.

For zone wiring diagrams of the “non ATZ” mode, please refer to 2.3.2. Zone Connection Types.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 57

 Set zone connection
type of “non ATZ” Eldes
mode for on-board and This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility
EPGM1 zones

NOTE: Type 3 is NOT supported by keypad zones.

14.4. ATZ (Advanced Technology Zone) Mode

The ATZ mode is a software-based feature that doubles the number of on-board zones and enables two detection devices to be installed
per 1 zone terminal. Once this mode is enabled, the zone connection Type 4 is set automatically. The detection devices must be wired to the
on-board zone terminals as indicated in the wiring diagram of the associated zone connection type. Different zone connection types of ATZ
mode can be individually assigned to each on-board zone pair i.e. Z1 - Z9, Z2 - Z10 etc. .
Once enabled, the ATZ mode DOES NOT affect EPGM1 zones, nor keypad zones and applies to on-board zones only. The ATZ mode is NOT sup-
ported by EPGM1 and keypad zones.
Zone connection types featured by ATZ mode are the following:

• Type 4 – Parallel wiring of 2 NC (normally-closed) detection devices with 5,6kΩ and 3,3kΩ EOL (end-of-line) resistors respectively.
5,6kΩ EOL resistor corresponds to zones ranging from Z1 through Z8, while 3,3kΩ EOL resistor corresponds to zones ranging from Z9
through Z16.
• Type 5 – Combination of consecutive and parallel wiring of tamper with 5,6kΩ EOL resistor and 2 NC (normally-closed) detection devic-
es with 5,6kΩ and 3,3kΩ EOL resistors respectively. 5,6kΩ EOL resistor corresponds to zones ranging from Z1 through Z8, while 3,3kΩ
EOL resistor corresponds to zones ranging from Z9 through Z16.
For zone wiring diagrams of the ATZ mode, please refer to 2.3.2. Zone Connection Types.

Menu path:
Enable ATZ mode EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ATZ MODE → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 28 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 28 1 #
EWKB4 Example: 281#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Disable ATZ mode EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ATZ MODE → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 28 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 28 0 #
EWKB4 Example: 280#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Set zone connection

type of ATZ mode for Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
on-board zones Utility

14.5. Zone Type Definitions

58 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

• Interior Follower – The zone can be violated during exit and entry delay without causing an alarm. If the zone is violated before the
entry delay has begun, it will cause an instant alarm followed by single notification delivery even if the zone has been violated multiple
times while alarm period (by default - 1 minute) is in progress. If another Interior Follower-type zone has been violated it should act in
the same way - cause an instant alarm followed by single notification delivery even if the zone has been violated multiple times while
alarm period (by default - 1 minute) is in progress.
• Instant – The alarm is instantly caused if this zone is violated when the system is armed or during entry delay. This zone type is usually
used for doors, windows, shock sensors or other zones.
• 24-Hour – When the system is either armed or disarmed, the zone will cause instant alarm if violated. Normally, this type of zone is
used for securing the areas that require constant supervisory.
• Delay – This zone type can be violated during exit and entry delay without causing an alarm. If the zone is violated when the system
is armed, it will initiate entry delay countdown intended for the user to disarm the system. If the zone remains violated after the exit
delay expires, it will cause an instant alarm. Typically, this zone type is used for door contacts installed at designated exit/entry doors.
• Fire – If this zone type is violated when the system is either armed or disarmed, the alarm will be instantly caused and the siren/bell
will emit pulsating sound. Once the alarm is caused by violating a Fire-type zone followed by turning OFF the alarm using any available
disarm method, the system will ignore the violations of any Fire-type zone (including the repeated violations of the said zone) caused
within a 1-minute time frame. Typically, this zone type is used for flame and smoke detectors.
• Panic/Silent – This zone operates the same as 24-Hour zone type, but the system will not activate the siren/bell and keypad buzzer if
violated. Normally, this zone type used for panic alarm buttons.
• CO Sensor – This zone type operates identically to Fire zone type and it is used for CO (carbon monoxide) detector.
• Report/Control – This zone operates the same as Panic/Silent zone type, but unique event data message will be transmitted to the
monitoring station if violated. However, no alarm will be caused - the system will NOT dial the listed user phone number regardless of
the status of Call in Case of Alarm feature (enabled or disabled), nor the siren will sound. Typically, this zone type is used to report a
certain non-alarm event, such as heating activation or fault.
• Instant Silent – This zone operates in the same way as Panic/Silent, but only when the system is armed.

Menu path:
Set zone type for EKB2 On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK
individual zone → TYPE → OK → INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24- HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT |
CO SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT → OK
Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →
WIRELESS ZONE 17...144 → OK → TYPE → OK → INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-HOUR |
DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT → OK
Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD
ZONE → OK → TYPE → OK → INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-HOUR | DELAY | FIRE |
PANIC/SILENT | CO SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → 1...8. EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → EPGM1 ZONE 1...
32 → OK → INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO
SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT→ OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 53, zone number and zone type number:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 53 nn 1 # – Interior Follower
EWKB4 53 nn 2 # – Instant
53 nn 3 # – 24-Hour
53 nn 4 # – Delay
53 nn 5 # – Fire
53 nn 6 # – Panic/Silent
53 nn 7 # – CO Sensor
53 nn 8 # – Report/Control
53 nn 9 # – Instant Silent
Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144]
Example: 53125#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

NOTE: The system will NOT activate siren and keypad buzzer only when Panic/Silent, Report/Control or Instant Silent zone type is violated.

14.6. Zone Attributes

• Stay – If this attribute is enabled, the zone, regardless of its type, will not cause an alarm if violated when the system is STAY-armed.
By enabling this attribute, Alarm Count to Bypass feature will not operate with the same zone. For more details on arming the system
in the Stay mode, please refer to 15. STAY MODE.
• Force – This attribute determines whether the system can be armed or not while a zone is violated resulting in partial arm event. If a

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 59

 zone with the Force attribute enabled remains violated until the exit delay expires, it will be ignored. Once the system is partially armed
followed by zone restore, the violation of this zone will no longer be ignored and the zone will operate according to the determined
type. For more details on zone types, please refer to 14.5. Zone Type Definitions.
• Shared – This attribute determines whether a zone, assigned to multiple partitions, will cause an alarm or not in the associated armed
partition if violated. If a zone with the Shared attribute enabled is violated when at least one of the associated partitions is disarmed,
the alarm will not be caused. Once the system is armed in all of the associated partitions, the zone with Shared attribute enabled will
operate according to the determined type. Typically, this attribute is used for shared areas, such as corridors.
• Delay, s – This attribute determines the zone sensitivity level by delay time (by default – 15 seconds). If the zone remains triggered until the
delay time expires, the zone is considered violated. This attribute does not apply to wireless zones, keypad zones and virtual zones.
• Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone is a method used to prevent false alarms. The system will not cause an alarm unless two associated zones
are violated within a specified time period, known as Alarm Confirmation Timeout. By associating a certain zone to itself, the system
would cause an alarm only if the zone has been violated repeatedly within the Alarm Confirmation Timeout. This feature operates with
all zone categories including virtual zones.
• Delay becomes Instant in Stay mode – This attribute determines whether or not any Delay type zone will operate as Instant type
zone when the system is armed in the Stay mode. When the system is fully armed, the Delay type zone will operate normally. For more
details on Delay and Instant zone types, please refer to 14.5. Zone Type Definitions.
• Chime – This feature is used to emit 3 short beeps from the keypad buzzer whenever any Delay type zone is violated while the system
is disarmed. Typically, the feature is used for designated exit/entry doors to indicate the opening of the doors.
• Bell - This attribute operates identically as Chime and applies to EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad only.
• Alarm Count to Bypass – This attribute determines a number of times the zone can be violated until it is automatically bypassed. It
can be assigned to Interior Follower, Instant, Delay and Instant Silent zone types only. Alarm Count to Bypass becomes inactive once
the Stay attribute is enabled on the same zone. For more details on zone bypassing and how to activate a bypassed zone, please refer
to 14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones.
NOTE: Due to battery power saving reasons, EKB3W/EWKB4 wireless keypad buzzer will not sound if the Bell attribute is not enabled and the
violated Delay type zone is not of the associated EKB3W/EWKB4 wireless keypad. For more details on EKB3W/EWKB4 wireless keypad, please
refer to 19.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 – Wireless LED Keypad.

Menu path:
Enable Stay attribute EKB2 On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK
for individual zone → STAY → OK → ENABLE → OK
Wireless zone :OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →
WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → STAY → OK → ENABLE → OK
Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEPAD
ZONE → OK → STAY → OK → ENABLE → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1...8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...
32 → OK → STAY → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 56, zone number and parameter status value:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 56 nn 1 #
EWKB4 Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144].
Example: 56041#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Disable Stay attribute EKB2 On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 →
for individual zone OK → STAY → OK → DISABLE → OK
Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →
WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → STAY → OK → DISABLE → OK
Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD
ZONE → OK → STAY → OK → DISABLE → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1...8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...
32 → OK → STAY → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 56, zone number and parameter status value:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 56 nn 0 #
EWKB4 Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144].
Example: 56190#

60 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Enable Force attribute EKB2 On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK
for individual zone → FORCE → OK → ENABLE → OK
Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →
WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → FORCE → OK → ENABLE → OK
Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD
ZONE → OK → FORCE → OK → ENABLE → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1... 8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...
32 → OK → FORCE → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 82, zone number and parameter status value:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 82 nn 1 #
EWKB4 Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144].
Example: 82061#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Disable Force EKB2 On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK
attribute for → FORCE → OK → DISABLE → OK
individual zone
Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →
WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → FORCE → OK → DISABLE → OK
Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD
ZONE → OK → FORCE → OK → DISABLE → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1...8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...
32 → OK → FORCE → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 82, zone number and parameter status value:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 82 nn 0 #
EWKB4 Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144].
Example: 82110#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Enable/disable
Shared attribute for Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
individual zone Utility

Set Delay,s attribute Eldes

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Enable/disable Delay
becomes Instant in Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Stay mode attribute Utility

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 61

 Menu path:
Disable Chime
EKB2 OK →iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → CHIME → OK → DISABLE → OK
attribute
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 32 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 32 0 #
EWKB4 Example: 320#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Enable Chime attribute EKB2 OK →iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → CHIME → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 32 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 32 1 #
EWKB4 Example: 321#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

By default, Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone is not set. To associate two zones and/or set the Alarm Confirmation Timeout, please refer to the fol-
lowing configuration method.

Associate a zone for

Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
attribute Utility

Set Alarm Eldes

Confirmation Timeout This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Set Alarm Count to

Bypass attribute for Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
individual zone Utility

ATTENTION: Cross-Zone/Intelli-Zone feature is NOT recommended in case it is necessary to bypass the associated zone, otherwise the zone
that requires alarm confirmation will never cause an alarm when violated.

62 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones

NOTE for EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4: The Configuration mode must remain deactivated before bypassing a violated zone or activating a by-
passed zone.

Zone bypassing allows the user to deactivate a violated zone and arm the system without restoring the zone. If a bypassed zone is violated
or restored during exit/entry delay, or when then system is armed, it will be ignored. When a zone is bypassed, EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 key-
pad indicator will light ON and EKB2 keypad will display icon in the home screen view.

Menu path:
Bypass individual OK → uumm → OK → BYPASS → OK → BYPASS LIST 1... 9 → OK → Z1-zone-name... Z144-
violated zone EKB2 zone-name → OK → BYPASS → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; zone-name – up to 24 characters zone name.

Press the key, enter zone number and user/master code:

EKB3/ nn uumm #
EKB3W/
EWKB4 Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144]; uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 091111#

Menu path:
Bypass all violated
EKB2 OK → uumm → OK →BYPASS → OK → BYP VIOLATED ZONES → OK
zones
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

The zone will remain bypassed until the system is disarmed. Once the system is disarmed, the corresponding zone state will be indicated
on the keypads (see 32.1.1. EKB2 – LCD Keypad, 32.1.2. EKB3 – LED Keypad and 19.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 – Wireless LED Keypad )
and Info SMS text message (see 26. SYSTEM INFORMATION. INFO SMS). Alternatively, the user can activate the bypassed zone by the
following configuration methods.

Menu path:
Activate bypassed EKB2 OK → uumm → OK → BYPASS → OK → BYPASS LIST 1... 9 → OK → Z1-zone-name... Z144-
zone zone-name → OK → UNBYPASS → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; zone-name – up to 24 characters zone name.

EKB3/ Press the key, enter zone number and user/master code:
EKB3W/ nn uumm #
EWKB4 Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144]; uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 251111#

NOTE: Zones can only be bypassed and activated when the system is not armed.

14.8. Zone Names

Each zone has a name that can be customized by the user. Typically, the name specifies a device type connected to a determined zone
terminal, for Example: Kitchen doors opened. The zone names are used in SMS text messages that are sent to the user during alarm, the
By default, the zone names are: Z1 – Zone1, Z2 – Zone2, Z3 – Zone3, Z4 – Zone4 etc.

SMS text message content:

SMS ssss_Znn:zone-name
Set zone name Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; nn – zone number, range – [1... 144]; zone-name – up
to 24 characters zone name.
Example: 1111_Z3:Door sensor triggered

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 63

 SMS text message content:
SMS ssss_STATUS
View zone names
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_STATUS

Menu path:
EKB2 On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 →
OK → NAME
Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →
WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → NAME
Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD
ZONE → OK → NAME
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1... 8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...
32 → OK → NAME
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ATTENTION: Colon, semi-colon characters, parameter names and/or values, such as PSW, STATUS, ON, OFF etc. are NOT allowed in zone
names

NOTE: Multiple zone names can be set by a single SMS text message, Example: 1111_Z1:Kitchen doors opened;Z3:Movement in base-
ment;Z4:Bedroom window opened
14.9. Disabling and Enabling Zones
By default, all zones, except keypad and virtual zones, are enabled. To permanently disable/enable an individual zone, please refer to the
following configuration methods.

SMS text message content:

SMS ssss_Znn:OFF
Disable zone
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; nn – zone number, range – [1... 144].
Example: 1111_Z13:OFF

Menu path:
EKB2 On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 →
OK → STATUS → OK → DISABLE → OK
Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →
WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → STATUS → OK → DISABLE → OK
Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD
ZONE → OK → STATUS → DISABLE → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1... 8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...
32 → OK → STATUS → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 52, zone number and parameter status value:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 52 nn 0 #
EWKB4 Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144].
Example: 52360#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

SMS text message content:

SMS ssss_Znn:ON
Enable zone
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; nn – zone number, range – [1... 144].
Example: 1111_Z6:ON

64 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Menu path:
EKB2 On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK
→ STATUS → OK → ENABLE → OK
Wireless zone: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS ZONES → OK → WIRELESS ZONES 1... 4 → OK →
WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → STATUS → OK → ENABLE → OK
Keypad zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD
ZONE → OK → STATUS → ENABLE → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → 1... 8. EPGM1 ZONE 1...
32 → OK → STATUS → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 52, zone number and parameter status value:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 52 nn 1 #
EWKB4 Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144].
Example: 52151#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

14.10. Viewing Zone State

The zone state (violated/restored) is indicated in real-time by all available configuration methods. However, the most convenient way to
view the zone state is using the graphical interface of Eldes Utility as follows:
• Red - zone is violated.
• Green - zone is restored.
• Grey - zone is disabled.

To view the zone state, please refer to the following configuration methods.

SMS text message content:

SMS ssss_INFO
View zone state
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_INFO

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → uumm → OK → VIOLATED ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 144
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

Please, refer to illuminated zone indicators ranging from 1 through 12 on the keypad. The
EKB3/
EKB3W/ flashing indicator represents violated high-numbered zones (Z13-Z144). For more details
EWKB4 on violated high-numbered zone indication, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYS­TEM
FAULTS.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 65

15. STAY MODE

Stay mode allows the user to arm and disarm the alarm system without leaving the secured area. If the zones with Stay attribute enabled
are violated when the system is STAY-armed, no alarm will be caused. Typically, this feature is used when arming the system at home before
going to bed.

The system can be STAY-armed under the following conditions:

• If a Delay-type zone is NOT violated during exit delay and a zone (-s) with Stay attribute enabled exists, the system will arm in Stay
mode. When arming the system in Stay mode under this condition, one of the available arming methods must be used that provide exit
delay. For more details on these methods, please refer to 13. EXIT AND ENTRY DELAY.
• The system will instantly arm in Stay mode when using one of the following methods.

Menu path:
Arm the system in EKB2 Non-partitioned system: P2 → uumm → OK
Stay mode Partitioned system: P2 → uumm → OK → [p] part-name → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code; p – partition number, range – [1... 4]; part-name – up
to 15 characters partition name.

EKB3/ Press the key and enter user/master:

EKB3W/ uumm
EWKB4
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.
Example: 1111

This operation may be carried out from the wireless keyfob if pre-assigned using the PC run-
EWK2
ning Eldes Utility.

When one or more system partitions are successfully armed in Stay mode, EKB2 keypad will display icon in the home screen view.

NOTE for EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4: The Configuration mode must be deactivated, when Stay-arming the system.

NOTE: The system can be armed in Stay mode, only if there is at least one zone with Stay attribute enabled.

NOTE: Stay mode is not supported by virtual zones.

NOTE: The system can also be instantly STAY-armed using ELDES Cloud Services.

For more details on how to enable Stay attribute for zone, please refer to 14.6. Zone Attributes.

66 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

16. TAMPERS
The tamper circuit is a single closed loop such that a break in the loop at any point will cause a tamper alarm regardless of the system
status – armed or disarmed. During the tamper alarm, the system will activate the siren/bell and the keypad buzzer and send the SMS text
message to the listed user phone number. The system will cause tamper alarm under the following conditions:
• If the enclosure of a detection device, siren/bell, metal cabinet or keypad is opened, the physical tamper switch will be triggered. By
default, indicated as Tamper x in the SMS text message (x = tamper number). User is able to change tamper’s name if he preffers to
(see 16.1. Tamper names). Alternatively, the tamper switch can be connected to a zone resulting in zone alarm when tampered (see
15. ZONES).
• If the wireless signal is lost due to low signal level or low battery power on a certain wireless device (see 19.3. Wireless Signal Status
Monitoring).
By default, all tampers and tamper alarm notification by SMS text message is enabled. To disable/enable a certain tamper and/or tamper
alarm notification, please refer to the following configuration methods:

Disable/enable Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
tamper Utility

The system will automatically send an SMS text message, containing a violated tamper
View violated tampers SMS
name, to user phone number.

EKB2 Menu path:

EKB2 OK → uumm → OK → VIOLATED TAMPERS → OK → TAMPER 1... 144
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

EKB3/ The illuminated indicator represents system fault presence including violated tam­per.
EKB3W/ For more details on violated tamper indication, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYS­TEM
EWKB4 FAULTS.

Menu path:
Disable tamper alarm EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → TAMPER ALARM → OK →
notification GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 User phone number: 25 13 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 13 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 13 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2513030#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Enable tamper alarm EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → TAMPER ALARM → OK →
notification GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 67

 Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 User phone number: 25 13 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 13 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 13 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2513041#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

For more details on how to view violated tamper, please refer to 17. ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER.

ATTENTION: Once a certain tamper is disabled, the system will NOT deliver any text message regarding the physical tamper violation nor
wireless signal loss or restore.

ATTENTION: The system will NOT deliver any text message regarding wireless signal loss or restore while the physical tamper violation is
in progress.

ATTENTION: The system will NOT cause any tamper alarm regarding the physical tamper violation nor wireless signal loss if the associated
zone is disabled (excepting EWKB 4 on board zone).

16.1. Tamper Names

Each tamper has a name that can be customized by the user. The tamper names are used in SMS text messages that are sent to the user
during the tamper alarm. By default, the tamper names are: Tamper 1, Tamper 2, Tamper 3, Tamper 4 etc. To set a different tamper name,
please refer to the following configuration methods.

Manage tamper name Eldes

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

68 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

17. ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER

When a zone, depending on zone type (see 14.5. Zone Type Definitions), or tamper is violated, the system will cause an alarm. By de-
fault, the alarm duration is 1 minute (see 20. SIREN/BELL regarding the alarm duration). During the alarm, the system will follow this
pattern:

1. The system activates the siren/bell and the keypad buzzer.

a) The siren/bell will emit pulsating sound if the violated zone is of Fire type, otherwise the sound will be steady.
b) The keypad buzzer will emit short beeps.
c) EKB2 keypad will display icon next to the alarmed partition in the home screen view followed by icon indicating the presence of
the alarm events in the alarm log (see 28. EVENT AND ALARM LOG). In case a Fire-type zone is violated in any system partition,
icon will appear in the home screen view.

d) EKB3 keypad operating in 4-partition mode will flash the [1]... [4] key corresponding to the alarmed partition number.
e) If one or more zones are violated, EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 will light ON the corresponding violated zone indicator (-s) ranging from 1
through 12. Indicator will flash if one or more high-numbered zones are violated. If one or tampers are violated, indicator will
light ON. For more details on viewing violated high-numbered zone and tamper numbers by EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad, please
refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS.

2. The system attempts to send an SMS text message, containing the violated zone/tamper name (see 14.8. Zone Names and 16.1. Tam-
per Names on how to set a zone and tamper name respectively), to the first listed user phone number, sharing the same partition as the
violated zone/tamper. The system will send SMS text messages regarding each violated zone/tamper separately.

a) If the SMS cascade option is enabled and the user phone number is unavailable,then the system will attempt to send the SMS text
message to the next listed user phone number, assigned to the same partition as the previous one. The user phone number may be
unavailable due to the following reasons:

• mobile phone was switched off.

• was out of GSM signal coverage.

b) The system will continue sending the SMS text message to the next listed user phone numbers in the priority order until one is availa-
ble. The system sends the SMS text message only once and will not return to the first user phone number if the last one was unavaila-
ble.

3. By default, the system attempts to ring the first user phone number via GSM, sharing the same partition as the violated zone/tamper. The
system will dial regarding each violated zone/tamper separately.

a) When the call is answered, the system will shut down the siren/bell and play the audio file that can be listened to on the user’s mobile
phone. This feature will be available only if an audio file is recorded and assigned to the violated zone (see 17.2. Audio Files and
Introduction Audio).

b) When the audio record has played, the user will be able to listen on the mobile phone for approx. 30 seconds to what is happening in the
area, surrounding the alarm system. This feature will be available only if a microphone is connected to the system (see 25. REMOTE
LISTENING AND 2-WAY VOICE COMMUNICATION).
c) The system will dial the next listed user phone number, assigned to the same partition, if the previous user was unavailable due to the
following reasons:
• mobile phone was switched off.
• mobile phone was out of GSM signal coverage.
• provided “busy” signal.
• user did not answer the call after several rings, predetermined by the GSM operator.

d) The system will continue dialling the next listed user phone numbers in the priority order until one is available. However, it will not dial
the next listed user phone number if the previous one was available, but rejected the phone call. If the system ends up with all unsuc-
cessful attempts to contact any listed user phone number, it will stop dialling and will NOT repeat the cycle starting with the first user
phone number. In addition, the system will dial the listed user phone number only once regardless of its availability

e) If Call All in Case of Alarm feature is enabled, the system will attempt to ring all listed user phone numbers in a row starting with the
first user phone number with Call in Case of Alarm feature enabled. Regardless of the user being available, unavailable or if he/she has
rejected the call, the system will still move to the next listed user with Call in Case of Alarm feature enabled. Once the system has ended
contacting all listed users with Call in Case of Alarm feature enabled, it will repeat this cycle 3 more times (by default) by attempting to
contact the previously unavailable users and skipping the available ones.

4. If Treat PSTN Call as User Call is feature is enabled, the system attempts to ring the first phone number via PSTN (see 30.2.3. PSTN). The
system will dial regarding each violated zone/tamper separately.

a) When the call is answered, the system will automatically drop the call.
b) The system will dial the next listed phone number if the previous one was unavailable due to the following reasons:
• mobile phone was switched off.
• mobile phone was out of GSM signal coverage.
• provided “busy” signal.
• user did not answer the call after several rings, predetermined by the GSM operator.
c) By default, the system will continue dialling the next listed user phone numbers in the priority order until one is available. The system

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 69

 will dial the user phone number 5 times if the first user phone number was out of GSM signal coverage/switched OFF, otherwise the
system will dial only once. If the system ends up unsuccessful to contact any listed user phone number, will stop dialling and will not
return to the first user phone number. The system will not dial the next listed user phone number if the previous one was available, but
rejected the phone call.
To silent the siren/bell as well as to cease system phone calls and SMS text message sending to the user phone numbers, please disarm the
system (see 12. ARMING AND DISARMING).

ATTENTION: The wireless siren EWS2/EWS3 will sound only if wireless zone of the siren is assigned to the same partition as the one that
has been alarmed (see 23.1. Zone Partition).

SMS text message content:

SMS ssss_INFO
View violated zones
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_INFO

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → uumm → OK → VIOLATED ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 144
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

Please, refer to illuminated zone indicators ranging from 1 through 12 on the keypad. The
EKB3/
EKB3W/ flashing indicator represents violated high-numbered zones (Z13-Z144). For more details
EWKB4 on violated high-numbered zone indication, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM
FAULTS.

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

The system will automatically send an SMS text message, containing a violated tamper name,
View violated tampers SMS
to user phone number.

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → uumm → OK → VIOLATED TAMPERS → OK → TAMPER 1... 144
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

EKB3/ The illuminated indicator stands for system fault presence including violated tamper. For
EKB3W/ more details on violated tamper indication, please refer to 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM
EWKB4 FAULTS.

Manage Call All in Case Eldes

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
of Alarm Utility

For more details on how to disable/enable SMS text messages and phone calls to listed user phone number in case of alarm, please refer to
17.1. Enabling and Disabling Alarm Notifications

ATTENTION: Phone calls via GSM network to the listed user phone number in case of alarm are disabled by force when MS mode is enabled
(see 30. MONITORING STATION).

NOTE: If one or more zones/tampers are violated during the alarm, the system will attempt to send as many SMS text message and dial the
user phone number as many times as the zone/tamper was violated. However, this does NOT apply to Interior Follower-type zones.

NOTE: If the system has delivered an SMS text message and/or dialled the user phone number after disarming the system, it means that the
SMS text message and/or phone call was queued up in the memory before the system was disarmed. The capacity of the queue is 24 events
maximum.

NOTE: In some case, the system might be UNABLE to dial the next listed user phone number in case the phone number has been migrated
from a different GSM operator.

70 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

17.1. Enabling and Disabling Alarm Notifications
By, default the system will ring the listed user phone numbers via GSM in case of alarm. To disable/enable this feature, please refer to the
following configuration methods.

Menu path:
Disable call in case OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → CALL IN CASE
of alarm EKB2 ALARM → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 30, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
EKB3/ 30 us 1 #
EKB3W/
EWKB4 Value: us - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 30081#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Enable call in EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → CALL IN CASE
case of alarm ALARM → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 30, user phone number slot and parameter status value:
EKB3/
EKB3W/ 30 us 0 #
EWKB4 Value: us - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 30090#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

By, default the system will send SMS text message to listed user phone numbers in case of alarm. To disable/enable this feature, please
refer to the following configuration methods.

Menu path:
Disable SMS text EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → GENERAL ALARM → OK →
message in case of GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
alarm SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GENERAL ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GENERAL ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 User phone number: 25 03 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 03 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 03 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2503060#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → GENERAL ALARM → OK →

Enable SMS text
EKB2 GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
message in case of
alarm SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GENERAL ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GENERAL ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 71

 Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 User phone number: 25 03 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 03 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 03 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2503101#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

By, default the system will not ring the listed phone number via PSTN in case of alarm. To manage this feature, please refer to 30.2.3.
PSTN)

For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text message
transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.

By default, tamper alarm notification by SMS text message is enabled. For more details on how to disable/enable tamper alarm notification,
please refer to 16. TAMPERS.

ATTENTION: Regardless of the Call in Case of Alarm parameter status, the system will NOT ring the listed user phone number via GSM net-
work if the system is connected to the monitoring station (see 30. MONITORING STATION).

17.2. Audio Files and Introduction Audio

The system comes equipped with a feature, allowing to record up to 16 audio files of up to 6 seconds length, and another feature, which
allows to record 1 introduction audio file of up to 20 seconds length,using the microphone of the PC. Recorded files can be assigned to any
system zone and be played when the alarm is caused by zone with an audio file assigned, These features will be available only if the system
is able to dial user phone number in the event of an alarm and the user answers the call. When the call is answered, the primarily recorded
introduction audio file (if assigned), containing essential information (location/ full address or/and user full name) is being played, while
the audio file (up to 6 sec. long) will come up just after introduction audio has ended. The supported audio file format is as follows:
• Max. number of audio files: up to 16
• Max. audio length: up to 6 seconds
• Max. number of introduction audio files: 1
• Max. introduction audio length: up to 20 seconds
• File format: .wav
• Specifications: 8,000 kHz; 8 Bit; Mono

By default, none of these audio files are pre-recorded or assigned to any particular zone. To record an introduction audio or audio file and/
or assign it to a zone, please refer to the following configuration method.

Record and manage

audio files Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Assign audio file to

individual zone Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

NOTE: Single audio file can be assigned to multiple zones.

72 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

18. PROGRAMMABLE (PGM) OUTPUTS
A PGM output is a programmable output that toggles to its set up state when a specific event has occurred in the system, the scheduled
weekday and time has come or if the user has initiated the PGM output state change manually. Normally, PGM outputs can be used to open/
close garage doors, activate lights, heating, watering and much more. When a PGM output turns ON, the system triggers any device or relay
connected to it.
ESIM384 comes equipped with four open-collector PGM outputs allowing to connect up to four devices or relays. For more details on PGM
output expanding, please refer to 18.2. PGM Output Expansion.

ESIM384 PGM outputs are classified by 4 categories:

Max. number of PGM Max. number of PGM
PGM output category Description
outputs per device outputs in total
On-board PGM Outputs Built-in wired PGM outputs of ESIM384 alarm system. 4 4
PGM outputs of EPGM8 - hardwired PGM output expan-
EPGM8 PGM Outputs 8 8
sion module.
PGM outputs of EPGM1 - hardwired zone and PGM output
EPGM1 PGM Outputs 2 4
expansion module.
Non-physical PGM outputs automatically created by con-
Wireless PGM Outputs 2* 48**
nected wireless devices.

* - Depends on the connected wireless device.

** - Available only if no EPGM1 PGM outputs are present.

For PGM output wiring diagram, please refer to 2.3.6. Relay Finder® (for example, model 40.61.9.12) with Terminal Socket (for
example, model 95.85.3).

18.1. PGM Output Numbering

The PGM output numbers ranging from C1 through C16 are permanently reserved for on-board PGM outputs even if EPGM8 module mode is
disabled. The C17-C48 PGM output number are automatically assigned in the chronological order to the devices connected to the system:
EPGM1 modules and wireless devices.

18.2. PGM Output Expansion

For additional electrical appliance connection, the number of PGM outputs can be expanded by:
• connecting EPGM8 hardwired PGM output expansion module. (for more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer
to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com).
• connecting EPGM1 hardwired zone and PGM output expansion module (for more details on technical specifications and installation,
please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com).
• pairing the wireless devices (see 19. WIRELESS DEVICES).

The maximum supported PGM output number is 48.

18.2.1. EPGM8 Mode

EPGM8 is an expansion module, which expands the system with 8 additional hardwired PGM outputs. For more details on technical specifi-
cations and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com

Once the EPGM8 module is installed, the EPGM8 mode must be enabled.

Menu path:
Enable EPGM8 mode EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → USING EPGM8 → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 33 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 33 1 #
EWKB4 Example: 331#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 73

 Menu path:
Disable EPGM8 mode EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → USING EPGM8 → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 33 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 33 0 #
EWKB4 Example: 330#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

18.3. PGM Output Names

Each PGM output has a name that can be customized by the user. Typically, the name specifies a device type connected to a determined
PGM output, for Example: Lights. The name can be used instead of PGM output number when controlling the PGM output by SMS text
message. By default, the PGM output names are: C1 – Controll1, C2 – Controll2, C3 – Controll3, C4 – Controll4 etc.

SMS text message content:

SMS ssss_Coo:out-name
Set PGM output name
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; oo – PGM output number, range – [1... 48]; out-name –
up to 16 characters PGM output name.
Example: 1111_C2:Lights

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

SMS text message content:

View PGM output SMS ssss_INFO
names
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_STATUS

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name – up to 16 characters PGM output name.

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ATTENTION: Space, colon, semi-colon characters, parameter names and/or values, such as PSW, STATUS, ON, OFF etc. are NOT allowed in
PGM output names.

18.4. Disabling and Enabling PGM Outputs

By default, all PGM outputs are enabled. Once a PGM output is disabled, it can be turned ON or OFF thus the change will not be seen neither
on the EKB2 keypad nor via Cloud platform. To disable/enable a certain PGM output, please refer to the following configuration method.

Disable/enable PGM
Eldes
outputs This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utilityl

18.5. Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF

By default, all PGM outputs are turned OFF. To instantly turn ON/OFF an individual PGM output and set its state to ON/OFF when the system
starts-up, please refer to the following configuration methods.

74 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 SMS text message content:
Turn ON PGM output/
SMS ssss_Coo:ON or ssss_out-name:ON
Set PGM output start-
up state as ON Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; oo – PGM output number, range – [1... 48]; out-name –
up to 16 characters PGM output name.
Example: 1111_Lights:ON

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name → ON → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name – up to 16 characters PGM output name.

Enter parameter 61, PGM output number and parameter status value:
EKB3/
EKB3W/ 61 oo 1 #
EWKB4 Value: oo – PGM output number, range – [01... 48].
Example: 61031#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

This operation may be carried out from the wireless keyfob if pre-assigned using the PC run-
EWK2
ning Eldes Utility.

SMS text message content:

Turn OFF PGM output/
SMS ssss_Coo:OFF or ssss_out-name:OFF
Set PGM output start-
up state as OFF Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; oo – PGM output number, range – [1... 48]; out-name –
up to 16 characters PGM output name.
Example: 1111_C2:OFF

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name → OFF → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name – up to 16 characters PGM output name.

Enter parameter 61, PGM output number and parameter status value:
EKB3/
EKB3W/ 61 oo 0 #
EWKB4 Value: oo – PGM output number, range – [01... 48].
Example: 61020#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

This operation may be carried out from the wireless keyfob if pre-assigned using the PC run-
EWK2
ning Eldes Utility.

To instantly turn ON an individual PGM output for a determined time period and automatically turn it OFF when the time period expires,
please refer to the following configuration method.

SMS text message content:

Turn ON PGM output SMS ssss_Coo:ON:hr.mm.sc or ssss_out-name:ON:hr.mn.sc
for time period Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; oo – PGM output number, range – [1... 48]; out-name
– up to 16 characters PGM output name; hr – hours, range – [00... 23]; mn – minutes, range
– [00... 59]; sc – seconds, range – [00... 59].
Example: 1111_C4:ON:10.15.35

This operation may be carried out from the wireless keyfob if pre-assigned using the PC run-
EWK2
ning Eldes Utility.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 75

To instantly turn OFF an individual PGM output for a determined time period and automatically turn it ON when the time period expires,
please refer to the following configuration method.

SMS text message content:

Turn OFF PGM output SMS ssss_Coo:OFF:00.00.sc or ssss_out-name:OFF:hr.mn.sc
for time period Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password;oo – PGM output number, range – [1... 48]; out-name
– up to 16 characters PGM output name; hr – hours, range – [00... 23]; mn – minutes, range
– [00... 59]; sc – seconds, range – [00... 59].
Example: 1111_Lights:OFF:00.00.23

This operation may be carried out from the wireless keyfob if pre-assigned using the PC run-
EWK2
ning Eldes Utility.

When the PGM output is turned ON or OFF, the system will send a confirmation by SMS text message to the user phone number that the
SMS text message was sent from.

NOTE: PGM output can be turned ON for a determined time period only when it is in OFF state

NOTE: PGM output can be turned OFF for a determined time period only when it is in ON state

NOTE: Multiple PGM outputs can be turned ON/OFF by a single SMS text message, Example: 1111_C1:ON C2:OFF Pump:ON C4:ON:00.20.25

NOTE for EWK2: Single EWK2 keyfob button can be configured to carry out Partition selection and Control output/Output toggle/Output
pulse actions. In such case the PGM output control action will be executed with a 3-second delay once the button is pressed and in case it is not
followed within a 3-second period by a button with arm system or disarm system action assigned.

18.6. PGM Output Control by Event and Scheduler

The PGM outputs can automatically operate when a specific event occurs in the system and/or when the scheduled weekday and time
comes.

18.6.1. PGM Output Actions and System Events

The automatic action of the determined PGM output can be set as follows:

• Turn ON – Determines whether the PGM output is to be turned ON.

• Turn OFF – Determines whether the PGM output is to be turned OFF.
• Pulse – Determines whether the PGM output is to be turned ON or OFF for a set period of time in seconds based on the PGM output
startup state set up.

The aforementioned PGM output action can be automatically carried out under the following events that have occurred in the system:

• System armed – System is armed in a determined partition ranging from Partition 1 through 4 or any partition.
• System disarmed – System is disarmed in a determined partition ranging from Partition 1 through 4 or any partition.
• Alarm begins – Alarm begins in a determined partition ranging from Partition 1 through 4 or any partition.
• Alarm stops – Alarm stops in a determined partition ranging from Partition 1 through 4 or any partition.
• Temperature falls – Temperature falls below the set MIN value of a determined temperature sensor 1-8.
• Temperature rises – Temperature rises above the set MAX value of a determined temperature sensor 1-8.
• Zone violated – A determined zone ranging from Z1 through Z144 is violated.
• Zone restored – A determined zone ranging from Z1 through Z144 is restored.
• Scheduler starts – Operates based on Start Time of a selected scheduler 1-16.
• Scheduler ends – Operates based on End Time of a selected scheduler 1-16.
• System fault occurred - A determined system fault is present (for complete list of system faults, please refer to 29. INDICATION
OF SYSTEM FAULTS).
• System fault restored - A determined system fault is restored (for complete list of system faults, please refer to 29. INDICATION
OF SYSTEM FAULTS).

The user can also set a custom text, which will be sent by SMS text message to user phone number when the automatic PGM output action
is carried out.

76 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

18.6.2. Schedulers

The system supports up to 16 schedulers that allow the PGM outputs to operate or automatically arm/disarm a certain partition (all par-
titions) according to the day of the week and time. When the scheduler, which includes the set weekday and time, is selected, the PGM
output will operate or the system will arm/disarm according to it. Each scheduler includes the following parameters:

• Always – The scheduler is not in use.

• At specified time – Determines whether weekday and time settings are enabled:
• Start Time – Determines the point in time when the PGM output or automatic arm/disarm action can be initiated for Scheduler
starts event.
• End Time – Determines the point in time when the PGM output action can be initiated for Scheduler ends event
• On weekdays – Determines days in week when the PGM output or automatic arm/disarm action is valid.

18.6.3. Additional Conditions

Additional condition narrows down the chances for a determined automatic PGM output operation to be carried out. If this feature is en-
abled, the PGM output will become dependent on one more system event that must be occurred prior or must occur after the aforemen-
tioned system event. The PGM output will not operate until the chain of system events meets the set values:

• System armed – System is armed in a determined partition ranging from 1 to 4 or any partition.
• System disarmed – System is disarmed in a determined partition ranging from 1 to 4 or any partition.
• Zone violated – A determined zone ranging from Z1 to Z144 is violated.
• Zone restored – A determined zone ranging from Z1 to Z144 is restored.

Example: PGM output C1 is set to be turned ON when zone Z6 is violated. The additional condition feature is enabled and set to allow this
action to be carried out only if system’s Partition 2 is disarmed. It means that the PGM output C1 will be turned ON when zone Z6 is violated,
but only if system’s Partition 2 is disarmed.

Manage PGM output

control by event & Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
scheduler Utility

ATTENTION: If the date and time are not set, the system will NOT be able to automatically control the PGM outputs. For more details on how
to set date and time, please refer to 9. DATE AND TIME.

NOTE: When both - a system event is determined and a scheduler is selected, the PGM output will operate only if the determined event has
occurred in the system during the scheduled time period.

NOTE: When PGM output action is selected as pulse, the PGM output will turn ON or turn OFF for a set period of time based on the PGM
output state set up (ON or OFF) for system startup.

18.7. Wireless PGM Output Type Definitions

• Output – Operates as normal PGM output that can be controlled by the user or automatically by event and scheduler. Normally, this
type is used for any device or relay.
• Siren – Operates as siren output that automatically activates during alarm. Typically, this type is used for bell/siren connected to EW2
wireless device.

Set output type for

individual wireless Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
PGM output Utility

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 77

19. WIRELESS DEVICES
ESIM384 system has a built-in wireless module for system extension capabilities. The wireless module easily allows the user to pair up to
64 ELDES-made wireless devices with the system. This includes the following:
• EWP2 – wireless PIR sensor (motion detector).
• EWP3 - wireless PIR sensor (motion detector).
• EWD2 - wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor.
• EWD3 - wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor.
• EWS3 – wireless indoor siren.
• EWS2 – wireless outdoor siren. 

• EWK2/EWK2A – wireless keyfob.
• EKB3W – wireless keypad.
• EWKB4 - wireless keypad.
• EWKB5 - wireless touchpad.
• EW2 – wireless zone and PGM output expansion module.
• EWF1 - wireless smoke detector.
• EWF1CO - wireless smoke and CO detector.
• EWR2 - wireless signal repeater.
• EWM1 - wireless power socket.
For more details on technical specifications and installation of the wireless devices, please refer to chapter 41.RADIO SYSTEM INSTAL-
LATION AND SIGNAL PENETRATION - APPENDIX 4 and the latest user manual of the wireless device located at www.eldesalarms.com
The wireless devices can operate at a range of up to 3000m (9842.6ft) range in open areas. The wireless connection is two-way and op-
erates in one of four available channels in ISM868 non-licensed band. When Configuration software is launched, the frequency time of at-
tempt of all NOT added wireless devices, that have frequency time of attempt higher than 10 sec, is changed to 10 sec. After Configuration
software is closed, frequency time of attempt for every individual device is changed as it was.

NOTE: In case if Remote Connection session being activated, the frequency time of attempts for every wireless device will be exactly the
same as default Test Time period, indicated below.
The communication link between the wireless device and the alarm system is constantly supervised by a configurable self-test period,
known as Test Time. When the wireless device is switched ON, it will initiate the Test Time transmission to the system within its wireless
connection range. In order to optimize battery power saving of the wireless device, the Test Time periods vary by itself while the device
is switched ON, but still unpaired. When the alarm system is switched OFF or if the wireless device is unpaired or removed the Test Time
period of the wireless device is as follows (non-customizable):
• EKB3W, EW2, EWP2, EWS2, EWS3, EWF1, EWF1CO, EWM1:
• First 360 attempts after the device startup (reset) - every 10 seconds.
• The rest of attempts - every 1 minute.
• EWD2:
• First 360 attempts after the device startup (reset) - every 10 seconds.
• The rest of attempts - every 2 minutes.
• NOTE: Only for EWD3, EWKB4, EWP3
• Standard Test Time of all attempts when paired with alarm system - EWP3 - every 1 minute; EWKB4, EWD3 - every 5 minutes.
• Standard Test Time of all attempts when NOT paired with alarm system or in case wireless connection is lost for more than 48
hours - every 10 minutes.
Once the wireless device is paired, it will attempt to exchange data with ESIM384 system. Due to battery saving reasons, all ELDES wireless
devices operate in sleep mode. The data exchange will occur instantly if the wireless device is triggered (zone alarm or tamper alarm) or
periodically when the wireless device wakes up to transmit the supervision signal, based on Test Time value, to the system as well as to ac-
cept the queued up command (if any) from the system. By increasing the Test Time period, EWS2/EWS3 siren response time will decrease.
Example: The alarm occurred at 09:15:25 and the system queued up the command for EWS3 siren to start sounding. By default, Test Time
value of EWS3 siren is 7 seconds, therefore EWS2 siren will sound at 09:15:32.
By default, the Test Time period is as follows (customizable):
• EWKB4, EWD3: every 5 minutes.
• EKB3W, EWD2, EWP2, EWP3: every 60 seconds.
• EWM1, EW2, EWF1, EWF1CO: every 30 seconds.
• EWS2, EWS3: every 7 seconds.
To set a different Test Time value, please refer to the following configuration method.

Set custom Test Time Eldes

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

NOTE: Test Time affects the wireless device pairing process due to the alarm system listening for the incoming data from the wireless device.
The system pairs with the wireless device only when the first data packet is received.

78 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 NOTE for EKB3W/EWKB4: In comparison with other ELDES wireless devices, EKB3W/EWKB4 keypads features some exceptions regard-
ing the wireless communication. For more details on EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad wireless communication and back-light timeout, please refer to
19.5.3. Wireless Communication, Sleep Mode and Back-light Timeout.

19.1. Pairing, Removing and Replacing Wireless Device

Wireless device management can be easily and conveniently carried out using the graphical interface of Eldes Utility. If you intend to man-
age the wireless devices by SMS text massage, an 8-character wireless device ID code will be required in order to pair the device with the
system or to remove it from the system. The wireless ID code is printed on a label, which can be located on the inner or outer side of the
enclosure or on the printed circuit board (PCB) of the wireless device.

To pair a wireless device, please refer to the following configuration methods.

SMS text message content:

Pair wireless device SMS ssss_SET:wless-id
with the system Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; wless-id – 8-character wireless device ID code.
Example: 1111_SET:5353185D

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

NOTE FOR EWK2/EWK2A: When paring EWK2/EWK2A wireless keyfob, it is necessary to press several times any button on the device.

Once a wireless device is paired, it occupies one of 64 available wireless device slots and the system adds single or multiple wireless zones
and wireless PGM outputs depending on the wireless device model (excepting wireless keyfobs EWK2).

To remove a wireless device, please refer to the following configuration methods.

SMS text message content:

Remove wireless
SMS ssss_DEL:wless-id
device from the
system Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; wless-id – 8-character wireless device ID code.
Example: 1111_DEL:535185D

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Once a wireless device is removed from the system, please restore its default parameters and remove the batteries from it.
To replace an existing wireless device with a new same model device, please refer to the following configuration method.

SMS text message content:

Replace wireless SMS ssss_REP:wless-id<oldwl-id
device Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; wless-id – 8-character wireless device ID code of the new
devi­ce; oldwl-id - 8-character wireless device ID code of the old device.
Example: 1111_REP:535185D<41286652

When a wireless device is successfully replaced with a new one, the configuration of the old wireless device remains.

ATTENTION: In order to correctly remove the wireless device from the system, the user must remove the device using SMS text message or
Eldes Utility and restore the parameters of the wireless device to default afterwards. If only one of these actions is carried out, the wireless
device and the system will attempt to exchange data to keep the wireless connection alive. This leads to fast battery power drain on the
battery-powered wireless device.

NOTE: If you are unable to pair a wireless device, please restore the wireless device’s parameters to default and try again. For more details on
how to restore the default parameters, please refer to the user manual provided along with the wireless device or visit
www.eldesalarms.com to download the latest user manual.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 79

19.2. Wireless Device Information
Once a wireless device is paired, the user can view the following information of a determined wireless device:
• Battery level (expressed in percentage).
• Wireless signal strength (expressed in percentage).
• Error rate (number of failed data transmission attempts in 10-minute period) - indicated only in EKB2 keypad menu.
• Firmware version.
• Test Time period (expressed in milliseconds) of a wireless device - indicated only in SMS text message reply.
To view the wireless device information, please refer to the following configuration methods.

SMS text message content:

View wireless device SMS ssss_RFINFO:wless-id or ssss_RFINFO:Znn
information Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS passwordwless-id – 8-character wireless device ID code; nn –
wireless zone number, range – [17... 144].
Example: 1111_RFINFO:535185D

Menu path:
EKB2 Battery level: OK → iiii → OK → WIRELESS DEVICES 1... 2→ OK → wless-dev wless-id → OK
→ BATTERY
Wireless signal: ... → wless-dev wless-id → OK → SIGNAL
Error rate: ... → wless-dev wless-id → OK → ERROR RATE
Firmware version: ... → wless-dev wless-id → OK → FW RELEASE
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; wless-dev – wireless device model; wless-id – 8-character
wireless device ID code.

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

The system supports up to 32 wireless devices. To view the number of available wireless device slots in the system, please refer to the
following configuration methods

SMS text message content:

View available SMS ssss_STATUS_FREE
wireless device slots Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_STATUS_FREE

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

19.3. Wireless Signal Status Monitoring

If the wireless signal is lost due to poor signal strength or low battery power on a certain wireless device and does not restore within
4-hour period, the system will cause an alarm (by default, the alarm is disabled). This event is identified as Wireless Signal Loss. By default,
indicated as No wireless signal from wless-dev wless-id Tamper x in the SMS text message (wless-dev = wireless device model; wless-id =
8-character wireless device ID code; x = tamper number). The user will also be notified by SMS text message as soon as the wireless signal
is restored.
The default period for wireless signal loss detection is 4 hours. However, a custom wireless signal loss timeout can be set up that must be at
least 3 times longer than the longest Test Time period of a wireless device currently paired with the system. In addition, Eldes Utility indi-
cates a timer of the last Test Time signal delivered by a paired and unpaired wireless device. The software will also warn you if the delivery
of the Test Time signal is delayed for a time period that is 5 minutes longer than the Test Time period of a paired wireless device. In case
the Test Time signal delivery of an unpaired wireless device is delayed for more than 1,5 minute, a warning will follow and the icon of such
wireless device will be removed from the software’s interface in 10 seconds.

Manage
Grade2 wireless Eldes
communication This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility
settings

80 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Menu path:
Disable wireless
EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK
signal loss/restore
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
notification
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 User phone number: 25 18 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 18 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 18 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2518030#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Enable wireless
EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK
signal loss/restore
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
notification
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 User phone number: 25 18 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 18 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 18 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2518031#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Enable wireless
EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK
communication failed
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
notification
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/ status value:
EKB3W
User phone number: 25 25 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 25 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 25 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2525031#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 81

 Menu path:
Disable wireless
EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK
communication failed
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
notification
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/ status value:
EKB3W
User phone number: 25 25 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 25 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 25 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 252530#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ATTENTION: Once a certain tamper is disabled, the system will NOT deliver any SMS text message regarding the physical tamper violation
nor wireless signal loss or restore. For more details on how to manage the tampers, please refer to 16. TAMPERS.

ATTENTION: The system will NOT deliver any text message regarding wireless signal loss or restore while the physical tamper violation is in
progress.

82 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

19.4. Disabling and Enabling Siren if Wireless Signal is Lost

If a wireless device loses its wireless signal for 4-hour (by default) or longer, the system will send notification by SMS text message to user
phone number and activate the siren/bell. By default, the siren will not be activated when wireless signal is lost. To enable/disable this
feature, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Menu path:
Enable Siren if EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS →OK → SRN IF WLESS LOSS
Wireless Signal is Lost → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 76 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 76 1 #
EWKB4 Example: 761#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Disable Siren if EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS →OK → SRN IF WLESS LOSS
Wireless Signal is Lost → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 76 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 76 0 #
EWKB4 Example: 760#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

19.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 - Wireless LED Keypad

Main features:
• Alarm system arming and disarming (see 12.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 Keypad and User/Master Code).
• Arming and disarming in Stay mode (see 15. STAY MODE).
• System parameter configuration (see 5. CONFIGURATION METHODS).
• PGM output control (see 18.4. Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF).
• Visual indication by LED indicators (see 19.5.1. LED Functionality).
• Audio indication by built-in buzzer.
• Keypad partition switch (see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch).

For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at
www.eldesalarms.com

19.5.1. LED Functionality

INDICATION DESCRIPTION
Steady ON System armed / exit delay in progress
(red) Flashing Configuration mode activated

Steady ON System is ready – no violated zones and/or violated tampers exist

(green)
Steady ON System faults exist
(orange) Flashing Violated high-numbered zone

Steady ON Violated zone bypassed

(orange)
1-12
Steady ON Zone violated / configuration command being typed in
(red)

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 83

19.5.2. Keys Functionality

DESCRIPTION 38 FRONT SIDE

1st character for STAY-arming

1st character for violated zone bypass and bypassed

zone activation 1 2 3
1st character for Configuration mode activation or 4 5 6
deactivation
1st character for system fault list indication / 1st 7 8 9
character for violated high-numbered zone indication
/ 1st character for violated tamper indication * 0 #

0 9 Command typing

1 4 Keypad partition switch

* Clear typed in characters

Typed in command confirmation

19.5.3. Wireless Communication, Sleep Mode and Back-light Timeout

Once the wireless device is paired, it will attempt to exchange data with ESIM384 system. The communication process follows this pattern:

1. Due to battery power saving reasons, most of the time EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad operates in sleep mode and periodically wakes up (by
default - every 5 minutes) to transmit the supervision signal, identified as Test Time, to the ESIM384 system. However, when the keypad
wakes up, it will NOT activate its buzzer and/or the LED indicators.


2. When any EKB3W/EWKB4 key is pressed, the keypad LED indicators and the back-light will activate for a set up period of time (by default -
10 seconds), identified as Back-light Timeout. During the Back-light Timeout, the Test Time will automatically switch to 2 seconds period
allowing to indicate system alarms, faults and arm/disarm process on the EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad if it is assigned to the same partition as
the one that is violated or being armed/disarmed (see 23. PARTITIONS).

3. The Back-light timeout will expire after 10 seconds (by default) of EKB3W/EWKB4 idling. When the Back-light Timeout expires, the key-
pad will light OFF the LED indicators and the back-light and return to sleep mode. Meanwhile:

a) if a zone or tamper, which is of the associated EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad, is violated, EKB3W/EWKB4 will instantly wake up and initiate
the Back-light Timeout. Meanwhile the keypad buzzer will emit short beeps and the LED indicators will light ON indicating the violated
zone or tamper number.

b) if a zone or tamper, which is not of the associated EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad, is violated, EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad will NOT wake up and will
NOT initiate the Back-light Timeout as well as the buzzer will NOT emit short beeps and the LED indicators will NOT light ON.

To set a different Back-light Timeout value, please refer to the following configuration method:

Set Back-light
Eldes
Timeout This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

For more details and how to set a different Test Time value, please refer to Eldes Utility.

NOTE: By default, the keypad zone and tamper is enabled, therefore a resistor supplied with the EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad must be connect-
ed to the keypad zone terminal and the tamper switch must be properly pressed in when inserting the keypad into the holder.

NOTE: To wake up the keypad it is highly recommended to press the [*] key in order not to enter any unnecessary character. If other
character is pressed it is already counted in characters sequence meant for arming/disarming or configuration.

84 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

19.6. EWR2 – Wireless Signal Repeater

Main features:
• Expands the wireless signal range (up to 30m (98.43ft) in premises; up to 150m (492.13ft) in open areas)
• LED indicator for data transmission indication.
• External and internal antenna.
• Backup battery

For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at
www.eldesalarms.com

39
Bad signal level Wireless signal repeater
EWR2
EWR2

ALARM
ALARM
SYSTEM
SYSTEM ELDES alarm system
signal leve
Good l
EWR2
WIRELESS
WIRELESS
DEVICE
DEVICE

EWR2

ALARM
SYSTEM

EWR2 begins expanding the signal range for

wireless devices if the certain conditions are
W-less signal met. In order for EWR2 to function properly,
Level 18% the wireless signal level between EWR2 and
ELDES alarm system must be at least 40%.

EWR2

40
Bad signal level
EWR2
ALARM
SYSTEM
Wireless signal repeater
ALARM
WIRELESS
SYSTEM
Wireless device
signal leve
DEVICE

Good l WIRELESS WIRELESS

DEVICE

DEVICE

WIRELESS
DEVICE

EWR2

In order for EWR2 to start expanding the sig-

W-less signal nal range of a wireless device, the wireless
Level 18% signal level between EWR2 and a wireless
device must be at least 18%.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 85

 41
Bad signal level
EWR2
EWR2 Wireless signal repeater
ALARM
ALARM
ELDES alarm system
WIRELESS
SYSTEM
SYSTEM

signal leve
Good l DEVICE WIRELESS
WIRELESS
DEVICE
DEVICE Wireless device

EWR2 EWR2

ALARM
SYSTEM

EWR2
If more then one repeater is connected to Eldes
alarm system at a time, the one that receives the
W-less signal strongest signal from a wireless device, will be used
Level 18% to expand it’s signal range. New generation wireless
devices are not able to use repeater for boosting
their signal.

19.7. EWF1/EWF1CO - Wireless Smoke/CO Detector

Main features:
• Photoelectric sensor for slow smouldering fires
• Photoelectric Co sensor for slow smouldering fires and carbon monoxide (CO) gas detection
• TEST button
• Non-radioactive technology for environmental friendly
• High and stable sensitivity
• Quick fix mounting plate for easy installation
• LED operation indicator
• Built-in speaker for audio alarm indication
• Auto-reset when smoke/CO clears

For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at
www.eldesalarms.com

42
SIREN
FRONT SIDE BACK SIDE

TEST button TAMPER RESET button

switch
BATTERY
T
IN
D O N OT PA

LED indicator

19.7.1. Interconnection

The interconnection feature automatically links all wireless smoke/CO detectors that are paired with the alarm system. When any EWF1/
EWF1CO detects smoke or carbon monoxide (CO), it will sound the built-in siren and send the signal to the alarm system resulting in an in-
stant alarm followed by built-in siren sound caused by the rest of EWF1/EWF1CO wireless smoke/CO detectors. EWF1/EWF1CO device that
detected smoke/CO will auto-reset when the smoke/CO clears, while the rest of EWF1/EWF1CO smoke/CO detectors will continue to sound
in accordance with the set time period (by default - 30 seconds).

By default, the interconnection feature is enabled and the siren alarm duration is 30 seconds. To manage these parameters, please refer
to the following configuration methods.

86 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Menu path:
Disable EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWF1 SIREN INTERC.
interconnection → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 50 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 50 0 #
EWKB4 Example: 500#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Enable EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWF1 SIREN INTERC.
interconnection → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 50 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 50 1 #
EWKB4 Example: 501#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Set EWF1/EWF1CO
Eldes
siren alarm duration This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

NOTE: The maximum supported EWF1/EWF1CO siren alarm duration is 255 seconds (4 mins. 15 secs.) even if the system‘s alarm duration value
is longer.

NOTE: System‘s alarm duration has a higher priority against the EWF1/EWF1CO siren alarm duration, therefore EWF1/EWF1CO will sound
as long as the system‘s alarm duration set up, unless the set up value for EWF1/EWF1CO siren alarm duration is shorter.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 87

19.8. EW2 - Wireless Zone and PGM Output Expansion Module
Main features:
• 4 zone terminals.
• 2 open-collector outputs.
• Battery or externally-powered.
ANT
+ • Compatible with any third-party wired sensor or siren.
-

-
EW2 is a wireless device intended to expand ELDES alarm system capabilities
by providing wireless connection access to any third-party wired devices. EW2
comes equipped with 4 zone terminals designed for wired digital sensor con-
BATTERY

BATTERY

BATTERY
nection, such as magnetic door contact, motion detector etc. In addition, the 2
STATUS
POWER open-collector outputs on board allow to connect any wired siren as well as to
connect and control any electrical appliance, such as gates, lights, watering etc.
The device can operate by powering it either using an external power supply or
3 x 1,5V AA type alkaline batteries on board. Once the external power supply is
disconnected, EW2 will automatically switch to battery power.
The maximum number of EW2 devices that can be paired with the system de-
+

+
-

pends on the number of the existing zones in system’s configuration. In case no

keypad zones, no EPGM1 zones, no virtual zones and no other wireless zones
exist,RESET
the system will support up to 16 EW2 devices.
RESET

F1

For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the
latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com
COM DC+ Z1 Z2 COM Z3 Z4 T1 COM T2 C1 C2 43

19.9. EWM1 - Wireless Power Socket

44 Main features:
• Control your household equipment remotely by wireless keyfob,
keypad, ELDES Cloud Services or automatically by scheduled time
LED indication
or system event
• Compatible with any 230V electrical appliance
Button for
• View real-time, daily and monthly power consumption report
restoring default
parameters or • Fault indication and protection: circuit thermal, overvoltage, over-
turning ON/OFF current, undervoltage, relay fault indication.
EWM1 when
paired with ELDES
alarm system

Type E, F
or G outlet

EWM1 is a wireless device intended to expand ELDES alarm system capabilities by providing a wireless connection access to any 230V
electrical appliance, such as lights, air-conditioner, watering equipment etc. By plugging the appliance into the electrical outlet of EWM1,
the user gains a possibility to control it by wireless keyfob, keypad, scheduled time or a specific system event. In addition, EWM1 lets you
monitor the power consumption and view the reports. In addition, the for safety and protection purposes EWM1 will prevent from powering
up the electrical appliance if certain fault conditions are present (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS) In order to start using EWM1,
it has to be paired with ELDES alarm system using Eldes Utility or by sending a corresponding SMS text message to ELDES alarm system.
It is possible to pair up to 32 EWM1 devices with the system at a time.
The maximum wireless connection range is 150m (492.13ft) (in open areas).
For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at:
www.eldesalarms.com
To monitor real-time power consumption value , view today’s or monthly power consumption reports or reset the power consumption
counter, please refer to the following configuration methods.

SMS text message content:

View power SMS ssss_EWM1INFO
consumption reports Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_EWM1INFO

88 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

SMS text message content:

Reset power
SMS ssss_EWM1RESET:out-name
consumption counter
for individual EWM1 Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password; out-name - PGM output name associated with a certain
device EWM1 device.
Example: 1111_EWM1RESET:Controll14

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Reset power SMS text message content:

consumption counter SMS ssss_EWM1RESET:ALL
for all EWM1 devices Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
simultaneously Example: 1111_EWM1RESET:ALL

NOTE: Real-time power consumption value is NOT included in the power consumption report requested by SMS text message and can only
be seen on Eldes Cloud.

19.10. EWKB5 Wireless Touchpad Overview

EWKB5 is a wireless accessory equipped with a 4.3” true-colour touch screen and compatible with ESIM384 alarm system.
device features:
• Arming and disarming • Multilingual voice-guided audio instructions
• Violated zone bypass and bypassed zone activation • Adjustable brightness and volume level
• PGM output control • Battery or externally-powered
• Customizable user-friendly graphical menu • Add/delete/edit username and user/master code PIN (accessi-
• Navigation through the menu using the touch screen ble from the User’s menu)

EWKB5 has 1 built-in zone terminal, which is by default designed for passive wired digital sensor connection, such as magnetic door con-
tact, and 2 tamper switches for enclosure state supervision in case it is illegally opened or detached from the wall. Regardless if the tamper
switch alone is to be used, the zone must be enabled and the resistor of 5,6kΩ nominal must be connected across Z1 and COM connectors.
It is possible to connect up to 2 EWKB5 devices to the alarm system ESIM384. The maximum wireless connection range is 1000m (~984ft)
(in open areas).
Main menu features:
Partition button – arms/disarms the system once a valid master/user code PIN is entered; indicates partition status (armed/disarmed),
presence of system faults.
Quick arm button – arms the system by touching and holding this button; master/user code not required (customizable, hidden by default;
not shown in picture).
Bypass - the Bypass icon will be shown on the main screen if any bypassed zone is present.
Fire – instantly causes fire alarm by pressing and holding this button (customizable, hidden by default).
Panic – instantly causes silent alarm by pressing and holding this button (customizable, hidden by default).
Controls – opens PGM output menu, thus letting you turn a certain PGM output ON or OFF (customizable, hidden by default).
Settings – grants access to settings menu once a valid master code is entered.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 89

 Low wireless
Temperature HOME: 27 oC 01:19 signal

Digital
clock

Partition HOME Panic Fire Controls Settings Low

button battery

Dashboard features:
• Low wireless signal – appears when the wireless signal strength ( between EWKB5 and alarm system) drops below 30%.
• Low battery – appears when the battery power drops below 5%.
• Temperature – measured by a built-in ESIM384 temperature sensor or a wireless device paired with the system (customizable, disabled
and hidden by default)
• Digital clock – displays system’s current time.

19.10.1. Sleep mode and how to wake up EWKB5

Once EWKB5 is paired, it will attempt to exchange data with the system. The communication process follows this pattern:

Sleep mode. Due to battery power saving reasons, most of the time EWKB5 touchpad operates in sleep mode and periodically (by default
– every 30 seconds) transmits the supervision signal, identified as Test Time, to the ESIM384 system. When the touchpad operates in the
sleep mode, the LCD display is switched OFF, but the touchpad permanently stays alert in case of alarm event. However, when the touchpad
transmits the supervision signal to the system, it will NOT activate the LCD display.

How to wake up EWKB5

01:19

Home Settings
V0.0

The touchpad will instantly wake up and activate the LCD display under the following conditions:
• when the user slide his finger across the LCD display.
• in the event of any type of alarm while the partition is being armed.
• in the event of fire alarm, regardless of the system status – armed or disarmed.
• while entry delay countdown is in progress.

NOTE: It is highly recommended installing EWKB5 near the designated entrance/exit door and using EWKB5 zone for wired magnetic door
contact connection.

19.10.2. How to configure and control the system by EWKB5

The system configuration and control by EWKB5 touchpad is carried out using simple, yet powerful graphical menu displayed on the touch
screen. For user-friendly experience, the device supports voice-guided audio instructions. Additionally, the main menu buttons and dash-

90 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

board (top bar) are customizable, thus enabling the user to arrange the components in any way he/she wants.
To navigate through the menu, touch the desired main menu button representing a certain action or menu section. To enter a required
value, use the on-screen keyboard automatically appearing when necessary. Typically, the configuration of the system by EWKB5 touchpad
is carried out by accessing the Settings menu secured with the master code.
19.10.3. How to arm the system by EWKB5

NOTE: If the user fails to enter a correct user/master code 10 times in a row, the system will block the EWKB5 touchpad. While the touchpad
is blocked, the system prevents from completing any action. The touchpad will unblock once the alarm system is restarted (user may restart
alarm system by turning both mains power and backup power supply OFF or by sending an appropriate SMS command ssss_restart , where
“ssss” stands for user’s 4-digit SMS password, while the underscore character ”_” represents one space character).

1. To arm the system, touch the Partition button and enter a valid 4-digit user/master code PIN using the on-screen numpad. Alternatively,
the user can touch and hold the Quick Arm button in order to arm the system without entering the user code (Quick Arm button will let user
to arm all Partitions shown to the current touchpad). However, both methods require the user/master code in order to disarm the system.

If more than 1 Partition is being used, then after entering a valid 4-digit user/master code PIN user will get access to the additional Partition
select menu to choose Partitions which he wants to Arm or Disarm. Note that the user must enable/assign the Partition by using Eldes
Utility first.
2. The system will initiate the exit delay countdown (by default – 15 seconds) intended for user to leave the secured premises. The count-
down initiation will be indicated by voice-guided instructions followed by short beeps emitted by the touchpad.

HOME: 27 oC 01:19
1 2 3

4 5 6 User PIN

7 8 9

HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings C 0

HOME: 27 oC 01:19

ARMING

HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings

01:19
Select partitions

PART1

PART2

PART3

PART1 PART2 PART3 PART4 Settings PART4

V0.0

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 91

 HOME: 27 oC 01:19

HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings

3. Once the system is successfully armed, the touchpad will display icon on the Partition button followed by SMS text message confirmation
delivered to the listed user phone number (by default).

SMS

User ESIM384

19.10.4. How to disarm and turn off alarm by EWKB5

1. The system will initiate the entry delay countdown (by default – 15 seconds) after the user has entered the secured premises. Entry delay
countdown is intended for user to enter a valid user code and disarm the system before the alarm is caused.
2. To disarm the system and/or turn off the alarm, enter a valid 4-digit user/master code using the on-screen numpad.

1 2 3

4 5 6 User PIN SYSTEM IS

DISARMED
7 8 9

C 0

HOME: 27 oC 01:19

HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings

3. Once the system is successfully disarmed, the icon displayed on the Partition button will turn to followed by SMS text message confir-
mation delivered to the listed phone number (by default).

92 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 SMS

User ESIM384

19.10.5. About STAY mode and how to activate it by EWKB5

Stay mode allows the user to arm and disarm the alarm system without leaving the secured premises. Typically, this feature is used when
arming the system at home before going to bed.
The system can be Stay-armed using EWKB5 under the following condition:
Automatic – If a Delay-type zone with Stay attribute enabled exists and it is NOT violated during the exit delay countdown, the system will
arm in Stay mode. Once the system is successfully Stay-armed, the icon will be indicated on the Partition button.
For more details on how to disarm and turn off the alarm by EWKB5 touchpad, please refer to section How to disarm the system and turn
OFF alarm by EWKB5.
19.10.6. Alarm indications and how to view violated zones / tampers by EWKB5

The icon displayed on the Partition button indicates that no violated zones and/or tampers are present, therefore the partition is ready
for arming. If the icon is displayed instead, the partition is not ready for arming, therefore the user must restore all violated zones before
arming the partition. Alternatively, the violated zones and violated tampers associated with the zone can be bypassed (if a zone with the
Force attribute is bypassed, the following icon will appear on the main screen ; see 19.10.7. How to bypass a violated zone and
activate a bypassed zone by EWKB5) or a Force attribute enabled for a certain zone, resulting in partial arm (if a zone with the Force
attribute is violated, the following icon will appear on the main screen; see Zone attributes). The icon displayed on the Partition
button represents all types of alarm, except tamper and fire alarm, while the icon represents fire alarm exclusively. Note that when the
system is armed, both and icons will disappear. In case of system fault presence, including tamper violation, the icon will appear
on the Partition button (see section 19.10.11. Fault messages).
To view the list of violated zones and/or violated tampers associated with certain zones, please open Zones section by navigating through
the menu as follows. Please, note that Master code is required for this action.

HOME: 27 oC 01:19
1 2 3

4 5 6 Master PIN

7 8 9

HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings C 0

HOME: 27 oC 01:19
Alarm Zone1

Alarm Zone2

Alarm Zone4

EKB5W Police zone

Zones
EKB5W Fire zone
Bypass Events Zones Outputs Faults

The following Zones section icons represent the state of a certain zone/tamper:
– zone/tamper is OK – not violated. – zone of wireless category.
– zone is violated. - LOW battery of the corresponding zones sensor
– tamper associated with a corresponding zone is violated.

19.10.7. How to bypass a violated zone and activate a bypassed zone by EWKB5
Arming the system is disabled while there’s at least 1 violated zone. Bypassing the zone allows to temporally disable a particular violated
zone and arm the alarm system afterwards.
In case the user attempts to arm the system, while a violated zone/tamper exists, the touchpad will automatically re-direct the user to the
Bypass section, which lists the violated zones/tampers, and deny system arming unless the violated zone/tamper is bypassed. Alternative-
ly, the user can navigate through the menu as indicated below.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 93

1. To bypass a certain zone and the tamper associated with the zone, please slide the appropriate switch to the right.
2. To activate a bypassed zone, navigate through the aforementioned menu path and slide the bypassed zone’s switch to the left.

HOME: 27 oC 01:19
1 2 3

4 5 6 Master PIN

7 8 9

HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings C 0

HOME: 27 oC 01:19
Alarm Zone1
HOME

Alarm Zone2
HOME

Alarm Zone4
HOME

EKB5W Police zone

Bypass Events Zones Outputs Faults HOME

NOTE: Zones can only be bypassed when the system is not armed.
The Configuration mode must be deactivated, while bypassing and activating a bypassed zone.
19.10.8. How to manually trigger panic or fire alarm by EWKB5
In the event of emergency, the user might be able to manually trigger the fire and panic alarm using EWKB5. By default the Fire and Panic
buttons are disabled, therefore they must be enabled under the Settings section beforehand.
To trigger fire or panic alarm, please touch and hold the Fire or Panic button respectively. This action will be followed by a voice message
“Fire signal has been sent” and “Alarm signal has been sent” respectively. Also, panic or fire button trigger silent or fire virtual zone. No user/
master code is required for this action.

HOME: 27 oC 01:19 HOME: 27 oC 01:19

! !

HOME Panic Fire Controls Settings HOME Panic Fire Controls Settings

19.10.9. How to control PGM outputs by EWKB5

Using EWKB5 , user can remotely control the electric appliances linked to the PGM outputs of the associated wireless devices. The available
PGM outputs are listed under the Controls button menu. By default the Controls button is disabled, therefore it must be enabled under the
Advanced section beforehand. Alternatively, the user can enable an individual button for each available PGM output in order to control it
directly from the main menu. The button title reflects the PGM output name that can be changed using Eldes Utility.
A. To turn a PGM output ON, touch the Controls button (path: Master menu -> Advanced ->Quick menu) in order to access the list of avail-
able PGM outputs and slide the switch of a certain PGM output to the right. Sliding the switch to the left will turn OFF the PGM output. No
code is required for these actions.

94 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 HOME: 27 oC 01:19
Control1
!
Control2

HOME Panic Fire Controls Settings

B. To turn a PGM output ON by a single touch, please touch the corresponding PGM output button. Notice the icon displayed on the button
changing from (represents PGM output’s OFF state) to (represents PGM output’s ON state). Touching the button again will turn OFF
the PGM output. No code is required for these actions. The maximum number of PGM outputs that can be shown on the Main menu is 5.

HOME: 27 oC 01:19

Controls Fire Control1 Control2 Settings

NOTE: If you do not wish to display either the Controls button or individual PGM output button in the main menu due to the security reasons,
you can alternatively access the Controls menu under the Settings menu secured with Master PIN code.

19.10.10. How to view event log using EWKB5

The event log feature allows the system to chronologically register the records regarding certain system events, such as alarms, arm/
disarm events etc. Using EWKB5 the user can view the complete event log.
To view the event log, please navigate through the menu as follows. Please, note that this action requires Master PIN code.

HOME: 27 oC 01:19
1 2 3

4 5 6 Master PIN

7 8 9

HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings C 0

HOME: 27 oC 01:19
Events from 1 - 16

Disarmed over KEYBOARD: HOME

User1
2016.09.06 10:40

Zone Alarm: HOME, Alarm Zone1

2016.09.06 10:39

Stay Armed over KEYBOARD: HOME

User1
Bypass Events Zones Outputs Faults 2016.09.06 09:47

Disarmed over KEYBOARD: HOME

For more details on event log feature, please refer to section 28.1. Event Log

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 95

19.10.11. User’s menu
Using EWKB5 , it is possible to add new users and configure which partitions the newly added user can control. The option to add a new
user is listed under the Users button menu. To add a new user, please navigate through the menu as follows. Please, note that this action
requires Master PIN code (only for the entrance to Settings menu).

User configurtion

Master

ADD NEW USER

Zones Outputs Faults Users Advanced

PIN: Pin must be 4 digits

Home

Garage

Basment

96 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

19.10.12. Master’s menu
Using EWKB5 , it is possible to: edit Master settings, change Master name and Master PIN code; manage Partitions; delete selected users.

User configurtion

Master

ADD NEW USER

Zones Outputs Faults Users Advanced

Master| Master|

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

PIN:
Q W E R T Y U I O P

Home
A S D F G H J K L

Garage
Z X C V B N M

Basment space enter

1111|

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

Q W E R T Y U I O P

A S D F G H J K L

Z X C V B N M

space enter

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 97

19.10.13. Fault messages
icon displayed on the Partition button indicates the presence of certain system faults. To view a detailed list of the currently present
system faults, please navigate through the menu as follows. Please, note that Master PIN code is required for this action.

HOME: 27 oC 01:19
1 2 3

4 5 6 Master PIN

7 8 9

HOME Quick Arm Panic Fire Settings C 0

HOME: 27 oC 01:19
Tamper Violated

Zones Outputs Faults Users Settings

A more detailed description of each system fault is provided in the table below.

Message Description
MAIN POWER LOST Mains power is lost
LOW BATTERY Low backup battery power - backup battery voltage is lower than required
BAD BATTERY Backup battery requires replacement - backup battery resistance is 2,5Ω or higher
RF JAMMER DETECTED Wireless signal is blocked by jammer
TAMPER VIOLATED One or more tampers are violated
DATE/TIME NOT SET Date/time not set
GSM FAILURE GSM connection is lost
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FAILURE Wireless connection with a certain (all) wireless device is lost for 20 minutes or longer
EWM1 FAULT One or more EWM1 device faults exist - enter this menu item to view the existing EWM1 device
faults.
COMMUNICATION TO MS FAILED In case the system ends up with all unsuccessful attempts by all connections to deliver data mes-
sage to the monitoring station.
In order to find out which particular tamper is violated, please open the Master-code-secured Zones section by navigating through the
menu as follows.

19.10.14. Advanced
The availability of additional configuration on EWKB5 touchpad screen depends on user’s selection. Once the user wakes the touchpad up,
enters to the Main menu’s Settings section and slides his finger across the LCD display, there he’ll see the button “Advanced”. When the user
click on that button, the additional menu will open up and from there on the user will be able to check or configure the following:
Temperature - indicates the current temperature of the secured area premises, monitored by the alarm system’s temperature sensor.
Sound settings - allows to change various sound settings of the EWKB5 (to increase/decrease speech or sound volume, to enable speech
in case of fire alarm, etc. )
LCD settings - allows to change EWKB5 screen’s wake up time and brightness settings.
Quick menu - allows to select those necessary options (menu buttons), which will be shown on the main screen of EWKB5. Arrows (directed
up and down) offers to re-order the current layout of menu buttons.
Service Mode - this mode should be used when it is necessary to re-install some of the peripheral devices (to change batteries, open/close
enclosure and etc.) or make other installation changes. In this mode, system does not check for tamper faults so it won’t start siren alarm.
About - section of additional information about the touchpad model, alarm system model, hardware and firmware.

98 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Temperature

Zones Outputs Faults Users Advanced

Sound Settings LCD Stteings

Speech volume 30 % Brightness 75 %

Sound volume 30 % Wake up time 10 s

Speech on fire

Quick Menu Service mode

Quick arm Service mode

Panic

Fire

About

Model:
EWKB5

Connected to:
ESIM384, FW: V1.0.17

Firmware version: V0.0

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 99

20. WIRED SIREN/BELL

When the system is in alarm state, the siren/bell will sound until the set time (by default – 1 minute) expires or until the system is disarmed.
To set the alarm duration, please refer to the following configuration methods.

SMS text message content:

SMS ssss_SIREN:t
Set alarm duration
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; t – alarm duration, range – [0... 5] minutes.
Example: 1111_SIREN:4

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → ALARM DURATION
→ OK → tt → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; tt – alarm duration, range – [1... 10] minutes.

Enter parameter 10 and alarm duration:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 10 tt #
EWKB4 Value: tt – alarm duration, range – [00... 10] minutes.
Example: 1007#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

SMS text message content:

SMS ssss_SIREN
View alarm duration
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password
Example: 1111_SIREN

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → ALARM DURATION
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

For siren/bell wiring diagram, please refer to 2.3.3. Siren.

NOTE: The maximum supported alarm duration is 30 minutes that can be set up using Eldes Utility only. “0” value disables the siren/bell.

NOTE: Due to battery power saving reasons, the wireless siren will sound for up to 6 minutes max. regardless of the set up alarm duration
value when it is longer than 6 minutes

100 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

20.1. BELL Output Status Monitoring

The system constantly supervises the BELL output. If the siren/bell is disconnected/cut-off, the system may send the notification by SMS
text message (by default- disabled) to the listed user phone number and indicate system fault condition on the keypad (see 29. INDI-
CATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS). Once the bell/siren is connected/fixed, the system may notify the listed user by SMS text message (by
default - disabled) and the keypad will no longer indicate system fault. Please, note that in order to use this feature, the resistors must be
connected to BELL output. Resistors must be connected to BELL output to meet the monitored resistance value of 1kOhm-2.2kOhm if the
siren itself does not have this resistance (see 2.3.3. Siren).
By default, the notification by SMS text message regarding the BELL output status is disabled. To enable/disable this notification, please
refer to the following configuration methods.

Menu path:
Enable Siren Fail/ EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK →
Restore notification GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
MS delivery report: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 User phone number: 25 08 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 08 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 08 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2508021#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Disable Siren Fail/ EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK →
Restore notification GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 User phone number: 25 08 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 08 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 08 50 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2508040#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text message
transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.
20.2. Bell Squawk
If enabled, the siren/bell indicates the completed system arming and disarming process. After the system is successfully armed, the siren/
bell will emit 2 short beeps and 1 long beep after the system is disarmed. To enable/disable the Bell Squawk feature, please refer to the
following configuration methods. NOTE: wireless siren always emits 3 beeps regardless of arming or disarming was done.

Menu path:
Enable Bell Squawk EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → BELL SQUAWK → OK
→ ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 101

 EKB3/ Enter parameter 29 and parameter status value:
EKB3W/ 29 1 #
EWKB4 Example: 291#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → BELL SQUAWK → OK
Disable Bell Squawk
→ DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 29 and parameter statusvalue:

EKB3W/ 29 0 #
EWKB4 Example: 290#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

20.3. Bell Squawk in Stay Mode

If enabled, the Bell Squawk will be available when arming/disarming the system in Stay mode (see 15. STAY MODE). To enable/disable this
feature, please refer to the following configuration methods

Menu path:
Enable Bell Squawk EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → BELL SQUAWK STAY
in Stay Mode → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 95 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 95 1 #
EWKB4 Value: 951#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Disable Bell Squawk EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → BELL SQUAWK STAY
in Stay Mode → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 95 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 95 0 #
EWKB4 Value: 950#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

102 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

20.4. Indication by EWS2 - Wireless Outdoor Siren Indicators

When enabled, the built-in LED indicators of EWS2 wireless outdoor siren will flash during the alarm. To enable/disable this feature, please
refer to the following configuration methods.

Menu path:
Enable EWS2 LED OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWS2 LED → OK →
EKB2 ENABLE → OK
indication
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 88 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 88 1 #
EWKB4 Example: 881#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Disable EWS2 LED EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWS2 LED → OK →
indication DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 88 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 88 0 #
EWKB4 Example: 880#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 103

20.5. Indication by EWS3 - Wireless Indoor Siren Indicators

When enabled, the built-in LED indicators of EWS3 wireless indoor siren will flash during the alarm. In the event of burglary, 24-hour or
tamper alarm, EWS3 will flash the blue LED indicators, while in case of a fire alarm, the device can flash the red LED indicator. To enable/
disable these features, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Menu path:
Enable EWS3 LED EKB2 Burglary/24-hour/tamper alarm LED: OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN
indication
SETTINGS → OK → EWS3 ALARM LED → OK → ENABLE → OK
Fire alarm LED: ... → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWS3 FIRE LED → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 94/93 and parameter status value:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ Burglary/24-hour/tamper alarm LED: 94 1 #
EWKB4 Fire alarm LED: 93 1 #
Example: 931#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Disable EWS3 LED EKB2 Burglary/24-hour/tamper alarm LED: OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → SIREN
indication SETTINGS → OK → EWS3 ALARM LED → OK → DISABLE → OK
Fire alarm LED: ... → SIREN SETTINGS → OK → EWS3 FIRE LED → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 94/93 and parameter status value:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ Burglary/24-hour/tamper alarm LED: 94 0 #
EWKB4 Fire alarm LED: 93 0 #
Example: 940#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

104 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

21. BACKUP BATTERY, MAINS POWER STATUS MONITORING AND MEMORY
21.1. Backup Battery Status Monitoring
The system may comes equipped with a backup battery maintaining power supply of the system when the mains power is temporally lost.
The implemented feature allows the system to perform a self-test on the backup battery and notify the user by SMS text message as well
as to indicate system fault by the keypad (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS) if:
• battery has failed and requires replacement – battery resistance is 2Ω or higher; self-tested every 24 hours.
• battery is dead or missing – battery is not present or battery voltage is below 5V; self-tested every 1 minute.
• battery power is running low – battery voltage is 10.5V or lower; constantly self-tested.
By default, all notifications regarding the backup battery status are enabled. To disable/enable a determined backup battery notification,
please refer to the following configuration methods.

Menu path:
Disable Battery Failed EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → BATTERY FAILED → OK →
notification GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 User phone number: 25 05 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 05 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 05 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2105010#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Enable Battery Failed EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → BATTERY FAILED → OK →
notification GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 User phone number: 25 05 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 05 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 05 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2505031#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Disable Battery Dead EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK
or Missing notification → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 105

 Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 User phone number: 25 06 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 06 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 06 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 5506070#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Enable Battery Dead EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK
or Missing notification → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 User phone number: 25 06 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 06 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 06 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 5506101#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Disable Low Battery EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → LOW BATTERY → OK → GSM
notification USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → LOW BATTERY → OK → SMS TO ALL → OK
→ DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → LOW BATTERY → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 User phone number: 25 07 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 07 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 07 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2107100#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Enable Low Battery EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → LOW BATTERY → OK → GSM
notification USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously:... → LOW BATTERY → OK → SMS TO ALL → OK
→ ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → LOW BATTERY → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

106 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 User phone number: 25 07 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 07 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 07 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2107021#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text massage
transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.

NOTE: In order to view the backup battery voltage, resistance, please refer to Diagnostic Management feature available on Eldes Utility.
21.2. Mains Power Status Monitoring
If the household electricity is unstable in the system installation area, the system may temporally lose its power supply and continue oper-
ating on the backup battery power. The system supervises the mains power and notifies the user by SMS text message as well as indicates
system fault condition on the keypad (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS) when the mains power is lost. When the mains power
restores, the system will notify the user by SMS text message and the keypad will no longer indicate system fault.
By default, system notification by SMS text message regarding mains power status is enabled. To disable/enable this notification, please
refer to the following configuration methods.

Menu path:
Disable mains
EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → MAIN POWER L/R → OK →
power loss/restore
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISBLE → OK
notification
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → MAIN POWER L/R → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → MAIN POWER L/R → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 User phone number: 25 04 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 04 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 04 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2504050#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Enable mains
EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → MAIN POWER L/R → OK →
power loss/restore
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
notification
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → MAIN POWER L/R → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → MAIN POWER L/R → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 User phone number: 25 04 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 04 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 04 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2514091#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

By default, mains power loss and restore delay are 30 and 120 seconds respectively. To set a different mains power loss and restore delay
duration, please refer to the following configuration methods.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 107

 Menu path:
Set mains power loss EKB2 OK → iii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → MAIN POWER STATUS → OK → LOSS DELAY →
delay OK → lllll → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; lllll – mains power loss delay duration, range - [0... 65535]
seconds.

Enter parameter 70 and loss delay duration:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 70 lllll #
EWKB4 Value: lllll – mains power loss delay duration, range - [0... 65535] seconds.
Example: 7043#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Set mains power EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → MAIN POWER STATUS → OK → RESTORE DELAY
restore delay → OK → rrrrr → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; rrrrr – mains power restore delay duration, range - [0...
65535] seconds.

Enter parameter 71 and restore delay duration:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 71 rrrrr #
EWKB4 Value: rrrrr – mains power restore delay duration, range - [0... 65535] seconds.
Example: 71150#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text message
transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.

21.3. Memory

The configuration settings and event log records are stored in a built-in memory, therefore even if the system is fully shut down, the config-
uration and event log remain. For more details regarding the event log, please refer to 28. EVENT AND ALARM LOG.

108 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

22. GSM CONNECTION AND ANTENNA STATUS MONITORING
22.1. GSM Connection Status Monitoring
The system supervises the GSM connection every 10 minutes. When the GSM connection loss is detected, the system indicator NETW will
light OFF and the system will attempt to restore the GSM connection. In case the system fails to restore the GSM connection within a 3-min-
ute period (by default), the keypad will indicate the system fault condition (see 29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS) and the system will
continue the attempt to restore the GSM connection. In addition, the system may turn ON a determined PGM output to indicate the GSM
connection loss fault (by default - disabled).
Once the GSM signal restores, the system may notify the listed user by SMS text message (by default - disabled), the keypad will no longer
indicate system fault and the determined PGM output will turn OFF (if set up).
By default, the notifications by SMS text message regarding GSM signal loss is disabled. To enable/disable this notification, please refer to
the following configuration methods.

Menu path:
Enable GSM
EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK
Connection Failed
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
notification
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 User phone number: 25 11 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 11 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 21111#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Disable GSM
EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK
Connection Failed
→ GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
notification
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 User phone number: 25 11 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 11 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2511020#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

By default, the PGM output for GSM signal loss indication is not set. To set the PGM output and delay duration for GSM signal loss indication,
please refer to the following configuration method.

Manage GSM signal

loss indication by PGM Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
output Utility

For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text massage
transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 109

22.2. GSM/GPRS antenna Status Monitoring
The system constantly monitors the GSM/GPRS antenna status. If the GSM/GPRS antenna is disconnected/cut-off, the system may send
notification by SMS text message (by default - disabled) to the listed user and the keypad will indicate system fault condition (see 29. IN­
DICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS). Once the antenna is connected/fixed, the system may notify the user by SMS text message (by default
- disabled) and the keypad will no longer indicate system fault.
By default, the notification by SMS text message regarding the GSM/GPRS antenna status is disabled. To enable/disable this notification,
please refer to the following configuration methods.

Menu path:
Enable GSM/GPRS
EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK →
Antenna Fail/Restore
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
notification
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 User phone number: 25 12 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 12 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 12 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2512031#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Disable GSM/GPRS
EKB2 User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → OK → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK →
Antenna Fail/Restore
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
notification
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 User phone number: 25 12 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 120 #
SMS delivery report: 55 120 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2512030#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text message
transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.

110 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

23. PARTITIONS
ESIM384 system comes equipped with a partitioning feature that can divide the alarm system into four independently controlled are-
as identified as Partition 1 through 4, which are all supervised by one alarm system unit. Partitioning can be used in installations where
shared alarm system is more practical, such as a house and a garage or within a single multi-storey building. When partitioned, each system
element, like zone, user phone number, keypad, user/master code, iButton key and wireless keyfob can be assigned to single or multiple
partitions. The user will then be able to arm/disarm the system partition (-s) that the zones and arm/disarm method are assigned to.
The following table reflects the values used for system element assignment to partitions when configuring via EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/
EWKB4 keypad. A sum of values is used to assign the element to multiple partitions.

Partition Value Example1: The user wants to assign a certain iButton key to Partition 4 only. According to the table value 8
reflects Partition 4. He would then have to enter value 8.
Partition 1 1
Partition 2 2 Example2: The user wants to assign a certain user code to Partition 2 and 3. According to the table value 2 re-
flects Partition 2, while value 4 reflects Partition 3, therefore 2 + 4 = 6. He would then have to enter value 6.
Partition 3 4
Partition 4 8 Example3: The user wants to assign a certain zone to Partition 1, 3 and 4. According to the table value 1 re-
flects Partition 1, while values 4 and 8 reflect Partitions 3 and 4 respectively, therefore 1 + 4 + 8 = 13. He
would then have to enter value 13.

23.1. Zone Partition

Zone partition determines which system partition (-s) the zone will operate in.

Menu path:
EKB2 On-board zone: OK → iiii → OK → ZONES → OK → ONBOARD ZONES → OK → ZONE 1... 16 → OK
Set zone partition
→ PARTITION → OK → pv → OK
Wireless zone: ... → WIRELESS ZONE 17... 144 → OK → PARTITION → OK → pv → OK
Keypad zone: ... → KEYPAD ZONES → OK → 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD ZONE → OK → PARTITION →
OK → pv → OK
EPGM1 zone: ... → EPGM1 ZONES 1-16... EPGM1 ZONES 17-32 → OK → EPGM1 ZONE 1... 32 →
OK → PARTITION → OK → pv → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; pv – partition value, range – [1... 15] (see 23. PARTITIONS).

Enter parameter 57, zone number and partition value:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 57 nn pv #
EWKB4 Value: nn – zone number, range – [01... 144]; pv – partition value, range – [1... 15].
Example: 57032#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ATTENTION: Wireless siren EWS2/EWS3 siren will sound only if wireless zone of the siren is assigned to the same partition as the one that
has been alarmed.

23.2. User Phone Number Partition

User phone number partition determines which system partition (-s) can be armed/disarmed from a certain user phone number by dialing
system’s phone number or sending an SMS text message.

Menu path:
Set user phone EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → CALL/SMS SETTINGS → OK → USERS → OK →
number partition GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → PARTITION → pv → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; pv – partition value, range – [01... 15].

Enter parameter 59, user phone number slot and partition value:
EKB3/
EKB3W/ 59 us pv #
EWKB4 Value: us – user phone number slot, range – [01... 10]; pv – partition value, range – [01... 15].
Example: 591013#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 111

23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch
Keypad partition determines which system partition the keypad will operate in. To identify which partition the keypad is operating in:

• EKB2 – Refer to partition name (by default – PART1) indicated in home screen view.
• EKB3W/EWKB4/EKB3 (2-partition mode) – Refer to the location of the illuminated indicator on the keypad. The indicator will be
illuminated under section A or B, which represent Partition 1 and Partition 2 respectively.
EKB3 keypad can operate in the following modes:

• 2-partition mode – This parameter determines whether EKB3 keypad can operate only in one of the first two system partitions allow-
ing to arm/disarm them and switch the keypad partition using [1]... [2] keys. This mode is set up by default.

• 4-partition mode – This parameter determines whether EKB3 keypad can operate in one of the four system partitions allowing to
arm/disarm them, indicate arm/disarm status, partition state (alarmed/not alarmed) on [1]... [4] keys (see 32.1.2. EKB3 - LED Key-
pad) and switch the keypad partition using [1]... [4] keys.
The keypad must be assigned to the same partition as the user/master code (see 23.4. User/Master Code Partition) in order to arm/
disarm the system by the keypad. For more details on system arming/disarming by the keypad, please refer to 12.3. EKB2 Keypad and
User/Master Code, 12.4. EKB3 Keypad and User/Master Code and 12.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 Keypad and User/Master Code.

Set EKB3 partition

mode as 2-partition or Eldes
4-partition This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
EKB2 EKB2 partition: OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK →
Set keypad partition
KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → [k] EKB2 → OK → PARTITION 1... 4 → OK → DISABLE | ENABLE → OK
EKB3 partition: ... → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → [k] EKB3→ OK → PARTITION 1... 4 → OK
EKB3W partition: ... → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → EKB3W PARTITION → OK → EKB3W wless-id
→ OK → PARTITION 1... 2 → OK
EWKB4 partition: ... → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → EWKB4 PARTITION → OK → EWKB4 wless-id
→ OK → PARTITION 1... 2 → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; k – keypad slot, range – [1... 4]; wless-id – 8-character
wireless device ID code.

Enter parameter 51, keypad slot and partition number:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ EKB3 partition: 51 kk p #
EWKB4 EKB3W/EWKB4 partition: 51 kw r #
Value: kk – EKB3 keypad slot, range – [01... 04]; kw – EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad slot, range –
[05... 08]; p – EKB3 partition number, range – [1... 4]; r – EKB3W/EWKB4 partition number,
range – [1... 2].
Example: 51062#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ATTENTION: 4-partition mode must be enabled in order to assign EKB3 keypad to Partition 3 or Partition 4.

NOTE: EKB2 keypad can operate in multiple partitions, while EKB3 keypad can operate only in a single partition.

NOTE: EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad assignment is restricted to Partition 1 and Partition 2.

NOTE: The slots for EKB3W/EWKB4 keypads are automatically assigned to the paired keypad in the chronological order, hence the earliest
paired keypad would acquire slot 5, while the latest paired keypad would acquire slot 8.

Keypad partition switch allows to quickly change the EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad partition. When the keypad partition is changed and
when 1 minute after the last key-stroke expires, the keypad will return to the assigned keypad partition. Typically, this feature is used for
viewing arm/ disarm status and alarms of a different partition or when arming/disarming a different system partition by EKB3/EKB3W/
EWKB4 keypad than the keypad is assigned to.

By default, keypad partition switch is disabled. To enable/disable this feature, please refer to the following configuration methods.

112 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Menu path:
Enable keypad OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → PARTITION SWITCH
EKB2 → OK → ENABLE → OK
partition switch
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 77 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 77 1#
EWKB4 Example: 771#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Disable keypad EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → KEYPAD PARTITION → OK → PARTITION SWITCH
partition switch → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 77 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 77 0 #
EWKB4 Example: 770#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

NOTE: Keypad partition switch can only be used when the system is partitioned.
23.4. User/Master Code Partition

User/master code partition determines which system partition (-s) can be armed/disarm using a certain user/master code. User/master
code must be assigned to the same partition as the keypad (see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch) in order to arm/
disarm the system by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad . For more details on system arming/disarming by the keypad, please refer to
12.3. EKB2 Keypad and User/Master Code, 12.4. EKB3 Keypad and User/Master Code and 12.5. EKB3W/EWKB4 Keypad and
User/Master Code.

Menu path:
Set user/master EKB2 Master code: OK → mmmm → OK → CODES → OK → MASTER CODE → OK → PARTITION → OK
code partition → pv → OK
User code 2... 17: ... → CODES → OK → USER CODE (2-17) → OK → USER CODE 2... 17 → OK →
PARTITION → OK → pv → OK
User code 18... 30: ... → CODES → OK → USER CODE (18-30) → OK → USER CODE 18... 30 → OK
→ PARTITION → OK → pv → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; pv – partition value, range – [01... 15].

Press , 5, enter 01/user code slot, partition value and master code:
EKB3/
EKB3W/ Master code: 5 01 pv mmmm #
EWKB4 User code: 5 us pv mmmm #
Value: us - user code slot, range - [02... 30]; pv – partition value, range – [01... 15]; mmmm -
4-digit master code.
Example: 504081111#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

NOTE for EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4: The Configuration mode must be deactivated, while managing user and master code partition.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 113

23.5. iButton Key Partition

iButton key partition determines which system partition (-s) can be armed/disarmed using a certain key. iButton key must be assigned to
the partition (-s) that the user desires to arm. For more details on system arming/disarming by iButton key, please refer to 12.6. iButton
Key.

Menu path:
Set iButton key EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → IBUTTON KEYS → OK → IBUTTON → OK → IBUTTON 1... 16 → OK →
partition PARTITION → OK → pv → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; pv – partition value, range – [1... 15]..

Enter parameter 60, iButton key slot and partition value:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 60 is pv #
EWKB4 Value: is – iButton key slot, range – [01... 16]; pv – partition value, range – [1... 15].
Example: 60059#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

23.6. EWK2 Wireless Keyfob Partition

EWK2 wireless keyfob partition determines which system partition can be armed/disarmed using a certain EWK2 wireless keyfob. For more
details on system arming/disarming by EWK2 wireless keyfob, please refer to 12.7. EWK2 Wire­less Keyfob.

Set EWK2/EWK2A Eldes

partition This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

114 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

24. TEMPERATURE SENSORS
The system may be equipped with on-board temperature sensors and/or wireless devices with built-in temperature sensors intended for
temperature measurement in the surrounding areas. This feature allows to monitor the temperature of up to 8 different areas in real-time
and receive a notification by SMS text message to the listed user phone number and/or monitoring station’s middle-ware when the set
temperature thresholds are exceeded. The temperature is measured at 0,5 degree centigrade (°C) accuracy and automatically rounded to
the higher value when 0,5 or above, e. g. temperature ranging from 23,5°C through 24,4°C will be treated as 24°C. For this purpose you may
use the on-board temperature sensors or the built-in temperature sensor of the following wireless devices:
• EWP2 – wireless motion detector.
• EWKB4 - wireless keypad.
• EWP3 – wireless motion detector.
• EWD2 - wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor.
• EWD3 - wireless magnetic door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor.
• EWS3 – wireless indoor siren.
• EWS2 – wireless outdoor siren.
• EWF1 - wireless smoke detector.
• EWF1CO - wireless smoke and CO detector.
• EW2 - wireless zone and PGM output expansion module (an external temperature sensor (-s) must be connected to EW2 for this pur-
pose).
24.1. Adding, Removing and Replacing On-Board Dallas Temperature Sensors
To add a temperature sensor to the system, do the following:
a) Shut down the system.
b) Wire up the temperature sensor to the 1-Wire interface terminals (see 2.3.5. Temperature Sensor and iButton Key Reader for
temperature sensor wiring diagram).
c) Power up the system.
d) Run Eldes Utility, check if the temperature sensor has been recognized by the system and assign it to the desired temperature sensor
slot.
e) If more than one temperature sensor is required, shut down the system again and wire another sensor in parallel to the previous one.
By default, the first added temperature sensor will be identified as primary and the second one – as secondary temperature sensor (see
24.2. Primary and Secondary Temperature Sensors).
f) Repeat the procedure as mentioned in steps from a) to d).
g) Add as many temperature sensors as necessary – wire up one after another in parallel – until the number of 8 sensors is reached.
To view the real-time temperature values measured by each temperature sensor, please refer to the following configuration methods.

View real-time SMS text message content:

temperature values SMS ssss_ITEMP:ts
of individual Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [1... 8].
temperature sensor Example: 1111_ITEMP:4

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → uumm → OK → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1. tm.p C (PRIM) | (SEC)... 8. tm.p C
Value: uumm - 4-digit user/master code; tm.p – real-time temperature value.

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

View real-time SMS text message content:

temperature values SMS ssss_ITEMP:?
of all temperature Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
sensors Example: 1111_ITEMP:?

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → uumm → OK → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1. tm.p C (PRIM) | (SEC)... 8. tm.p C
Value: uumm - 4-digit user/master code; tm.p – real-time temperature value.

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

If an on-board temperature sensor is faulty, it is recommended to remove it or replace it by a functional sensor. In order to assign the tem-
perature sensor slot of the damaged temperature sensor to the new temperature sensor, please follow the procedure:
a) Shut down the system.
b) Disconnect the faulty temperature sensor and replace it with a new one.
c) Power up the system.
d) Run Eldes Utility.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 115

e) Select the newly replaced temperature sensor ID from the drop-down list of the temperature sensor slot that was previously associated
with a faulty temperature sensor.

Remove/replace
individual Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
temperature sensor Utility

24.2. Primary and Secondary Temperature Sensors

Any out of 8 available temperature sensors can be set as primary or secondary. The real-time temperature values of the primary and sec-
ondary temperature sensors are included in the Info SMS text message (see 26. SYSTEM INFORMATION. INFO SMS) as well as the tem-
perature measured by the primary temperature sensor is indicated in the home screen view of EKB2 keypad.

To set temperature sensors as primary or secondary, please refer to the following configuration methods.

SMS text message content:

Set primary SMS ssss_TEMPI:PRIM:ts
temperature sensor Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [1... 8].
Example: 1111_TEMPI:PRIM:4

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → TEMP SENSORS → OK → PRIMARY TEMP SENS
→ OK → 1... 8 CONNECTED → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 89 and temperature sensor slot:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 89 ts #
EWKB4 Value: ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [01... 08].
Example: 8903#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

SMS text message content:

Set secondary SMS ssss_TEMPI:SEC:ts
temperature sensor Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [1... 8].
Example: 1111_TEMPI:SEC:3

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → TEMP SENSORS → OK → SECOND. TEMP SENS
→ OK → 1... 8 CONNECTED → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 90 and temperature sensor slot:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 90 ts #
EWKB4 Value: ts – temperature sensor slot, range - [01... 08].
Example: 9005#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

To view the slot number of primary and secondary temperature sensors, please refer to the following configuration methods.

SMS text message content:

View primary and
SMS ssss_TEMPI:?
secondary temperature
sensor slot number Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_TEMPI:?

116 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Menu path:
EKB2 Primary: OK → uumm → OK → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1... 8 tm.p C (PRIM)
Secondary: ... → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1... 8 tm.p C (SEC)
Value: uumm - 4-digit user/master code; tm.p – real-time temperature value.

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

View primary and SMS text message content:

secondary temperature SMS ssss_INFO
sensor real-time Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
temperature values Example: 1111_INFO

Menu path:
EKB2 Primary: OK → uumm → OK → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1... 8 tm.p C (PRIM)
Secondary: ... → TEMP SENSORS INFO → OK → 1... 8 tm.p C (SEC)
Value: uumm - 4-digit user/master code; tm.p – real-time temperature value.

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

NOTE: Primary and secondary temperature sensors can be set by a single SMS text message, Example: 1111_TEMPI:PRIM:4,SEC:3
24.3. Setting Up MIN and MAX Temperature Thresholds. Temperature Info SMS
The system supports an SMS text message identified as the Temperature Info SMS, which is automatically delivered to the listed user
phone number if the specified minimum (MIN) or maximum (MAX) temperature threshold of any temperature sensor is exceeded by at
least 1°C. In case of temperature threshold’s is exceeded, an event data message will be sent to the monitoring station
To set the MIN and MAX temperature thresholds for a certain temperature sensor, please refer to the configuration methods.

SMS text message content:

Set MIN and MAX
SMS ssss_TEMPts:MIN:mnn,MAX:mxx
temperature
boundaries Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts - temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8]; mnn – MIN
boundary, range – [-55... 125] C; mxx - MAX boundary, range – [-55... 125] °C.
Example: 1111_TEMP2:MIN:-5,MAX:28

Menu path:
EKB2 MIN: OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → TEMP SENSORS → OK → TEMPERATURE
SENS 1... 8 → OK → TEMP. MIN → OK → mnn → OK
MAX: ... → TEMPERATURE SENS 1... 8 → OK → TEMP. MAX → OK → mxx → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; mnn – MIN boundary, range – [-55... 125] °C; mxx - MAX
boundary, range – [-55... 125] °C.
Keys P1 or P2 are used to enter minus character, e.g. -20.

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

SMS text message content:

View MIN and
SMS ssss_TEMPts
MAX temperature
boundaries Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts - temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8].
Example: 1111_TEMP4

Menu path:
EKB2 MIN: OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → TEMP SENSORS → OK → TEMPERATURE
SENS 1... 8 → OK → TEMP. MIN
MAX: ... → TEMPERATURE SENS 1... 8 → OK → TEMP. MAX
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 117

 Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

For more details on how Send SMS text message to all users simultaneously and SMS Cascade parameters affect the SMS text message
transmission, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.

NOTE: MIN and MAX thresholds can also be set separately by multiple SMS text messages, Example: 1111_TEMP1:MIN:6 and 1111_TEMP1:-
MAX:40

24.4. Temperature Sensor Names

The temperature sensor name is included in the Temperature Info SMS when delivered to the listed user phone number. This feature allows
easier identification of the temperature sensor and normally it is used when monitoring temperature changes in different areas.

SMS text message content:

Set temperature SMS ssss_TEMPts:NAME:temp-sens-name
sensor name Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts – temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8]; temp-
sens-name – 4 to 24 characters temperature sensor name.
Example: 1111_TEMP3:NAME:Warehouse

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

SMS text message content:

View temperature SMS ssss_TEMPts
sensor name Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts - temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8].
Example: 1111_TEMP3

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → TEMP SENSORS → OK → TEMPERATURE SENS
1... 8 → OK → NAME
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

SMS text message content:

Delete temperature SMS ssss_TEMPts:NAME:
sensor name Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ts - temperature sensor slot, range – [1... 8].
Example: 1111_TEMP2:NAME:

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

118 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

25. REMOTE LISTENING AND 2-WAY VOICE COMMUNICATION

ESIM384 can be equipped with a microphone (NOT INCLUDED!), that allows the user to listen on his mobile phone to what is happening in
the secured area. By installing the audio module EA2, the user will be able to have a 2-way voice communication (see 32.3.2. EA2 – Audio
Output Module with Amplifier). Remote listening and 2-way voice communication can operate under the following conditions:

• The system makes a phone call via GSM to a listed user phone number in case of alarm and the user answers the call.
• The user initiates remote listening by sending the SMS text message, the system makes a phone call via GSM to the user phone number
that the SMS text message was sent from and the user answers the call.

SMS text message content:

Initiate remote SMS ssss_MIC
listening Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_MIC

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → GSM AUDIO → OK → MICROPHONE GAIN → OK
Set microphone gain
→ mg → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; mg – microphone gain, range – [0... 15].

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → GSM AUDIO → OK → SPEAKER LEVEL → OK →
Set speaker level
sl → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; sl – speaker level, range – [0... 85].

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ATTENTION: Phone calls to the listed user phone number in case of alarm are disabled by force when MS mode is enabled
(see 30. MONITORING STATION).

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 119

26. SYSTEM INFORMATION. INFO SMS
The system supports an informational SMS text message identified as the Info SMS, which can be delivered upon request. Once
requested, the system will reply with Info SMS that provides the following:

• System date and time.

• System status: partition armed (ON)/disarmed (OFF).
• GSM signal strength.
• Mains power status.
• Temperature of the area surrounding primary and secondary temperature sensors (if any).
• State of zones (OK/alarm).
• Name and status (ON/OFF) of PGM outputs.

SMS text message content:

Request for system SMS ssss_INFO
information Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_INFO

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

26.1. Periodic Info SMS

By default, the system sends Info SMS to User 1 phone number periodically once a day at 11:00 (frequency – 1 day; time – 11). The
minimum period is every 5 minutes, which can be set using Eldes Utility. Typically, this feature is used to verify the power supply and
online status of the system.
To set a different frequency and time or disable periodic Info SMS, please refer to the following configuration methods.

SMS text message content:

Set periodic Info SMS SMS ssss_INFO:fff.it
frequency and time Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; fff – frequency, range – [0... 99] days; it – time, range
– [0... 23].
Example: 1111_INFO:3.15

Menu path:
EKB2 Frequency: OK → iiii → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → PERIODIC INFO → OK → FREQUENCY
(DAYS) → fff → OK
Time: ... → PERIODIC INFO → OK → TIME → it → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; fff – frequency, range – [00... 125] days; it – time, range –
[00... 23].

Enter parameter 11, time and frequency:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 11it fff #
EWKB4 Value: it – time, range – [01... 23]; fff – frequency, range – [00... 125] days.
Example: 110412#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the ELDES software.
Utility

SMS text message content:

Disable periodic Info SMS ssss_INFO:00.00
SMS Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_INFO:00.00

Menu path:
EKB2 Frequency: OK → iiii → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → PERIODIC INFO → OK → FREQUENCY
(DAYS) → 0 → OK
Time: ... → PERIODIC INFO → OK → TIME → 0 → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

120 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 EKB3/ Enter parameter 11 and parameter status value:
EKB3W/ 11 00 00 #
EWKB4 Example: 110000#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ATTENTION: Unlike Info SMS upon request, periodic Info SMS text message does not include zone states, PGM output names and status.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 121

27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS
By default, in case of a certain event, the system attempts to send an SMS text message to the first listed user phone number only. If the
user phone number is unavailable and the system fails to receive the SMS delivery report during 45 seconds, it will attempt to send the SMS
text message to the next listed user phone number, assigned to the same partition as the previous one. The user phone number may be
unavailable due to the following reasons:
• mobile phone was switched off.
• was out of GSM signal coverage.
The system will continue sending the SMS text message to the next listed user phone numbers in the priority order until one is available.
The system sends the SMS text message only once and will not return to the first user phone number if the last one was unavailable.
To change the SMS text message delivery algorithm, user can enable/disable the following parameters for certain events:
• SMS Cascade enabled - In case of specified event, system sends SMS text message to first user in a row. Only in case of failed attempt
(user phone is turned off or etc.) system will send to another user in a row until first successful attempt.
• SMS Cascade disabled - If ‘SMS Cascade’ option is disabled, the system simultaneously sends a certain SMS text message to all avail-
able users regardless if the previous one has received the SMS text message or not.
When using Dual-SIM feature, the Secondary SIM card is involved in the communication process. For more details, please refer to 31. DUAL
SIM MANAGEMENT.
The following table provides the description of system notifications by SMS text message sent to the user phone number.
Seq. No. Event Description
1 System armed SMS text message sent to the user regarding armed system.
2 System disarmed SMS text message sent to the user about disarmed system.
3 General alarm SMS text message sent to the user in case of system alarm occurrence.
4 Mains power loss/ SMS text message sent to the user in case the mains power is lost or restored
restore
5 Battery failed SMS text message sent to the user in case the backup battery resistance is 2Ω or higher
(battery requires replacement).
6 Battery dead SMS text message sent to the user in case the backup battery is not present or the battery voltage
or missing runs below 5V.
7 Low battery SMS text message sent to the user in case the backup battery voltage is 10.5V or lower.
8 Siren fail/restore SMS text message sent to the user in case the siren is disconnected/broken or connected/fixed.
9 Date/time not set SMS text message sent to the user in case system date and time is not set.
10 GSM connection failed SMS text message sent to the user in case the GSM connection is lost.
11 GSM/GPRS antenna SMS text message sent to the user in case the GSM/GPRS antenna is disconnected/broken or
fail/restore connected/fixed.
12 Tamper alarm SMS text message sent to the user in case of tamper violation. Indicated as Tamper x.
13 Communication bus SMS text message sent to the user in case the RS485 device, such as keypad or zone and PGM
fail/restore output expansion module is disconnected/broken or disconnected/broken or connected/fixed.
14 Temperature info SMS text message sent to the user in case of temperature deviation by the set values.
15 System started SMS text message sent to the user on system startup.
16 Periodical info Info SMS text message sent to the user periodically by the set values.
17 Wireless signal loss/ SMS text message sent to the user in case the wireless signal is lost or restored.. Indicated as No
restore wireless signal from wless-dev wless-id Tamper x and Wireless signal restored. From wless-dev
wless-id Tamper x respectively. This notification does NOT apply to EWM1 device.
SMS text message sent to the user in case the system denies arming due to existing violated zone
18 Unable to arm
(-s)/tamper (-s)/other system fault (see 19.3. Wireless Signal Status Monitoring).
SMS text message sent to the user in case the critical level 4 of carbon monoxide (CO) concentration
19 CO level critical
detected by EWF1CO is reached.
Report/Control zone
20 SMS text message sent to the user in case the Report/Control-type zone is triggered.
triggered
21 Zone autobypass SMS text message sent to the user in case a violated zone is bypassed automatically.
SMS text message sent to the user in case the wireless signal with EWM1 device is lost or restored.
EWM1 wireless signal
22 Indicated as No wireless signal from wless-dev wless-id Tamper x and Wireless signal restored.
loss/restore
From wless-dev wless-id Tamper x respectively. This notification cannot be managed via EKB2.
SMS text message sent to the user in case the SMS forwarding of the incoming SMS text messages
Incoming SMS for-
23 is enabled (see 27.3 SMS Forward). This notification can be managed via EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 and
warding
Eldes Utility only.
Wireless communica- SMS text message sent to the user in case the wireless signal failure is lasting for 20 minutes. This
24
tion failed event is a warning and does NOT cause an alarm (see 19.3. Wireless Signal Status Monitoring).
25 RF jammer detected SMS text message sent to the user in case the wireless signal is blocked by jammer.
SMS text message sent to user in case the system ends up with all unsuccessful attempts by all con-
Communication with
26 nections to deliver data message to the monitoring station. This event can be managed using Eldes
MS failed
Utility only.

To enable/disable a certain system notification, please refer to the following configuration methods.

122 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Menu path:
Disable system EKB2 System armed:
notification User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

System disarmed:
User phone number: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

General alarm:
User phone number: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Mains power loss/restore:

User phone number: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Battery failed:
User phone number: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Battery dead or missing:

User phone number: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Low battery:
User phone number: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Siren fail/restore:
User phone number: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

RF jammer detected:
User phone number: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 123

 Date/time not set:
User phone number: ... → OK → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK →
DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

GSM connection failed:

User phone number: ... → OK → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK →
DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → OK → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS
TO ALL → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore:

User phone number: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Tamper alarm:
User phone number: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Communication bus fail/restore:

User phone number: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/RST → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/RST → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/RST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Temperature info:
User phone number: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT→ OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

System started:
User phone number: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Periodical info:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → GSM
USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Wireless signal loss/restore:

User phone number: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously:... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

124 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Unable to arm:
User phone number: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
CO level critical:
User phone number: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Report/Control zone triggered:

User phone number: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE →
OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Zone bypass:
User phone number: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV→ OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK

Wireless communication failed:

User phone number: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → DISABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → DISABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3/
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4 System armed event
User phone number: 25 01 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 01 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 01 0 #

System disarmed event

User phone number: 25 02 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 02 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 02 0 #

General alarm
User phone number: 25 03 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 03 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 03 0 #

Main power loss/restore

User phone number: 25 04 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 04 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 04 0 #

Battery failed
User phone number: 25 05 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 05 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 05 0 #

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 125

 Battery dead or missing
User phone number: 25 06 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 06 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 06 0 #

Low battery
User phone number: 25 07 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 07 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 07 0 #

Siren fail/restore
User phone number: 25 08 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 08 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 08 0 #

RF jammer detected
User phone number: 25 09 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 09 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 09 0 #

Date/time not set

User phone number: 25 10 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 10 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 10 0 #

GSM connection failed

User phone number: 25 11 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 11 0 #

GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore

User phone number: 25 12 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 12 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 12 0 #

Tamper alarm
User phone number: 25 13 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 13 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 13 0 #

Communication bus fail/restore

User phone number: 25 14 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 14 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 14 0 #

Temperature info
User phone number: 25 15 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 15 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 15 0 #

System started
User phone number: 25 16 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 16 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 16 0 #

Periodical info
User phone number: 25 17 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 17 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 17 0 #

126 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Wireless signal loss/restore
User phone number: 25 18 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 18 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 18 0 #

Unable to arm
User phone number: 25 19 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 19 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 19 0 #

Zone bypass
User phone number: 25 20 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 20 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 20 0 #

CO level critical
User phone number: 25 21up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 21 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 21 0 #

EWM1 wireless signal loss/restore

User phone number: 25 22 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 22 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 22 0 #

Report/Control zone triggered

User phone number: 25 23 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 23 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 23 0 #

Incoming SMS forwarding

User phone number: 25 24 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 24 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 24 0 #

Wireless communication failed

User phone number: 25 25 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 25 0 #
SMS delivery report: 55 25 0 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2517040#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 127

 Menu path:
Enable system EKB2 System armed:
notification User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 1 → OK → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK →
GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS ARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

System disarmed:
User phone number: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYS DISARMED EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE→ OK

General alarm:
User phone number: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GENERAL ALARM EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Mains power loss/restore:

User phone number: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE→ OK

Battery failed:
User phone number: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Battery dead or missing:

User phone number: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Low battery:
User phone number: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → LOW BATTERY EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Siren fail/restore:
User phone number: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

RF jammer detected:
User phone number: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

128 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Date/time not set
User phone number: ... → OK → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK →
ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → DATE/TIME NOT SET → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

GSM connection failed:

User phone number: ... → OK → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK →
ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → DENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore:

User phone number: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Tamper alarm:
User phone number: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → TAMPER ALARM → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Communication bus fail/restore:

User phone number: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/REST→ OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/REST → OK → SMS TO
ALL → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/REST → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Temperature info:
User phone number: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT→ OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → TEMP INFO EVENT → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

System started:
User phone number: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Periodical info:
User phone number: OK → iiii → OK → SMS MESSAGES 2 → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → GSM
USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → PERIOD INFO SMS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Wireless signal loss/restore:

User phone number: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → WLESS SIGN LOSS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 129

 Unable to arm:
User phone number: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → FAIL TO ARM SMS → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

CO level critical:
User phone number: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Report/Control zone triggered:

User phone number: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE →
OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → REPORT/CTRL TRIG → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK

Zone bypass:
User phone number: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV→ OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV → OK → SMS TO ALL →
OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → ZONE BYPASS EV → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Wireless communication failed:

User phone number: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → GSM USER 1... 10 → OK → ENABLE
→ OK
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS TO ALL
→ OK → ENABLE → OK
SMS delivery report: ... → WRLESS FAIL 20MIN. → OK → SMS REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 25/21/55, event number, user phone number slot and parameter
EKB3W/ status value:
EWKB4
System armed event
User phone number: 25 01 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 01 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 01 1 #

System disarmed event

User phone number: 25 02 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 02 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 02 1 #

General alarm
User phone number: 25 03 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 03 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 03 1 #

Main power loss/restore

User phone number: 25 04 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 04 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 04 1 #

Battery failed
User phone number: 25 05 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 05 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 05 1 #

130 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Battery dead or missing
User phone number: 25 06 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 06 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 06 1 #

Low battery
User phone number: 25 07 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 07 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 07 1 #

Siren fail/restore
User phone number: 25 08 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 08 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 08 1 #

RF jammer detected
User phone number: 25 09 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 09 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 09 1 #

Date/time not set

User phone number: 25 10 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 10 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 10 1 #

GSM connection failed

User phone number: 25 11 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 11 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 11 1 #

GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore

User phone number: 25 12 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 12 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 12 1 #

Tamper alarm
User phone number: 25 13 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 13 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 13 1 #

Communication bus fail/restore

User phone number: 25 14 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 14 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 14 1 #

Temperature info
User phone number: 25 15 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 15 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 15 1 #

System started
User phone number: 25 16 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 16 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 16 1 #

Periodical info
User phone number: 25 17 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 17 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 17 1 #

Wireless signal loss/restore

User phone number: 25 18 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 18 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 18 1 #

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 131

 Unable to arm
User phone number: 25 19 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 19 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 19 1 #

Zone bypass
User phone number: 25 20 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 20 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 120 1 #

CO level critical
User phone number: 25 21 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 21 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 21 1 #

EWM1 wireless signal loss/restore

User phone number: 25 22 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 22 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 22 1 #

Report/Control zone triggered

User phone number: 25 23 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 23 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 23 1 #

Incoming SMS forwarding

User phone number: 25 24 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 24 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 24 1 #

Wireless communication failed

User phone number: 25 25 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users simultaneously: 21 25 1 #
SMS delivery report: 55 25 1 #
Value: up - user phone number slot, range - [01... 10].
Example: 2517041#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

132 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

27.1. SMS Text Message Delivery Restrictions
By default, the system is restricted to send out up to 50 SMS text messages daily and up to 1000 SMS text messages monthly. The send out
message quantity is counted not only by delivered once, but also by number of attempts to send a message. To change the limits of SMS
text message delivery restrictions, on Eldes Utility software open System settings -->Messaging settings section, where you’ll be able to
configure and choose further options.

Manage SMS text

message delivery Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
limits Utility

When the daily or monthly SMS text message delivery limit is exceeded, the system will notify the administrator by SMS text message,
stating that “Day SMS sending limit exceeded”/ “Month SMS sending limit exceeded” respectively. The limit counter will automatically reset
once the 24 hour (daily) or 30 days (monthly) restriction period is over. That will happen ONLY if you have set date and time values. You can
reset the limits by referring to the following configuration method.

SMS text message content:

Reset SMS text ssss_REMOVEBAN
message delivery limit SMS Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
counter
Example: 1111_REMOVEBAN

NOTE: 0 value disables daily/monthly SMS text message delivery restrictions.

See also 9.1. Automatic Date and Time Synchronization.
27.2. SMSC (Short Message Service Center) Phone Number

An SMS center (SMSC) is a GSM network element, which routes SMS text messages to the destination user and stores the SMS text message
if the recipient is unavailable. Typically, the phone number of the SMS center is already stored in the SIM card provided by the GSM operator.
If the user fails to receive replies from the system, the SMS center phone number, provided by the GSM operator, must be set manually.

SMS text message content:

Set SMSC phone SMS ssss_SMS_+ttteeellnnuumm
number Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits SMSC phone number.
Example: 1111_SMS_+44170311XXXX1

ATTENTION: Before setting the SMSC phone number, please check the credit balance of the system’s SIM card. The system will fail to reply
if the credit balance is insufficient.
27.3. SMS Forward
ESIM384 comes up with a feature, called SMS forward. The system allows user to forward any received message from devices’ SIM card to
the administrators’ mobile phone number. There are 4 basic SMS forwarding options:
• Forward All received SMS - if this option is enabled, then every single message, coming to devices’ SIM card, will be forwarded to the
administrators’ phone number.
• Forward All received SMS from unknown users - allows user to receive only those messages, coming from unlisted phone num-
bers.
• Forward All received SMS from registered users with wrong syntax or wrong password - user will receive only those mes-
sages from listed phone numbers, containing “wrong syntax” or “wrong password” notification.
• Forward All received SMS from specified Phone Number - allows you to enter one specified phone number and exploit every
single message that comes from it to your devices’ SIM card.
By default, SMS forward feature is disabled. To enable/disable this feature, please refer to the following configuration method.

Enable/disable SMS
Eldes
forward This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ATTENTION: If a single forwarded SMS message size exceeds 160 characters, it won’t be transmitted properly.

ATTENTION: User is able to add the administrator phone number as a specified phone number (by enabling the option Forward All received
SMS from specified Phone Number ), but none of SMS messages will be forwarded to administrator himself in any case!

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 133

28. EVENT AND ALARM LOG
28.1. Event Log
The event log allows to chronologically register up to 1024 timestamped records regarding the following system events:
• System start.
• System arming/disarming.
• Zone violated/restored.
• Tamper violated/restored.
• Zone bypassing.
• Wireless device management.
• Temperature deviation by MIN and MAX boundaries.
• System faults.
• Configuration via USB.
• User phone number that initiated the remote configuration.
• Communication with monitoring station status.

The event log is of FIFO (first in, first out) type that allows the system to automatically replace the oldest records with the latest ones.

Menu path:
View event log EKB2 OK → mmmm → OK → VIEW EVENT LOG → OK
Value: mmmm - 4-digit master code.

To export the event log to .log file or clear it, please refer to the following configuration method.

Export/clear event log Eldes

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

By default, event log is enabled. To disable/enable this feature, please refer to the following configuration methods.

Menu path:
Disable event log EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → EVENT LOG → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 36 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 36 0 #
EWKB4 Example: 360#

Menu path:
Enable event log EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETTINGS → OK → EVENT LOG → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii - 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 36 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 36 1 #
EWKB4 Example: 361#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

134 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

28.2. Alarm Log
The alarm log provides a list of last 16 alarm events generated after last arming period. The alarm log can be viewed via EKB2 and includes
only the alarms of the partition that the user/master code is assigned to. Each alarm record includes alarm type, partition number and zone
number. When highlighted, the date and time of the alarm occurrence can be viewed at the bottom of EKB2 screen. In case of alarm, icon
will appear in home screen view of EKB2. The alarm log auto-clears when the next system arming follows or after viewing it via the keypad.

Menu path:
View alarm log EKB2 OK → uumm → OK → ALARM LOG → OK
Value: uumm - 4-digit user/master code.

Syntax of alarm log record: [alarm-type P:p Z:nn]

Value: alarm-type - BURGLARY/FIRE/24H/SILENT/TAMPER/WS LOST, p - partition number, range - [1... 4], nn - zone/tamper number, range
- [1... 144].

#1 example of alarm log record: BURGLARY P:1 Z:1

Value: BURGLARY - Instant, Int. Follower or Delay-type zone alarm; P:1 - Partition 1; Z:1 - zone Z1.

#2 example of alarm log record: TAMPER P:2 Z:13

Value: TAMPER - tamper alarm; P:2 - Partition 2; Z:13 - tamper 13.

#3 example of alarm log record: FIRE P:4 Z:9

Value: FIRE - Fire-type zone alarm; P:4 - Partition 4; Z:9 - zone Z9.

#4 example of alarm log record: WS LOST P:2 Z:14

Value: WS LOST - wireless signal loss alarm; P:2 - Partition 2; Z:14 - tamper 14.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 135

29. INDICATION OF SYSTEM FAULTS
The system comes equipped with self-diagnostic feature allowing to indicate the presence of any system fault by the keypad as well as by
SMS text message notification to the listed user phone number. By default the indication for all system faults is indicated on the keypad.
To disable/enable the indication of a certain system fault, please refer to the following configuration method.

Disable/enable
individual system fault Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
indication on keypad Utility

ATTENTION: After enabling/disabling a certain system fault indication, it is necessary to restart the system locally by powering down and
powering up the system the system or remotely (see 34. REMOTE SYSTEM RESTART).

icon displayed in home screen view indicates presence of system and/or EWM1 device faults. In order to view the currently
EKB2 present system faults, please enter a valid user/master code to access menu section FAULTS. The description on each system
fault is provided in the table below.

Menu path:
View system faults OK → uumm → OK → FAULTS → OK
Value: uumm – 4-digit user/master code.

Name Description
MAIN POWER LOSS Mains power is lost
LOW BATTERY Low backup battery power - backup battery voltage is 10.5V or lower
BATTERY DEAD/MISS Backup battery is not present or the battery voltage runs below 5V
BATTERY FAILED Backup battery requires replacement - backup battery resistance is 2Ω or higher
SIREN FAILED Wired siren is disconnected/broken
VIOLATED TAMPER One or more tampers are violated
DATE/TIME NOT SET Date/time not set
GSM CONNECT FAILED GSM connection is lost
GSM ANTENNA FAILED GSM/GPRS antenna is disconnected/broken
WLESS ANTENNA FAIL Wireless antenna is disconnected/broken
COMM BUS FAILED RS485 device, such as keypad, ELAN3-ALARM or EPGM1 is disconnected/broken
CO LEVEL CRITICAL Critical level 4 of carbon monoxide (CO) concentration detected by EWF1CO is reached
EWM1 FAULT One or more EWM1 device faults exist - enter this menu item to view the existing EWM1
device faults.
WLESS BATT LOW Low wireless device battery power - battery level is running below 5%
RF JAMMER DETECTED Wireless signal is blocked by jammer
MS COMM. FAILED Communication with monitoring station failed

Alternatively, existing EWM1 device faults can be viewed by accessing menu section FAULTS of the PGM output associated
with a certain EWM1 device.

Menu path:
View EWM1 faults OK → mmmm → OK → PGM OUTPUTS → OK → out-name → OK → FAULTS → OK
Value: mmmm – 4-digit master code; out-name - PGM output name associated with a
certain EWM1 device.

Name Description
OVERVOLTAGE Voltage has increased above 260VAC
UNDERVOLTAGE Voltage has dropped below 190VAC
OVERCURRENT Current has increased above 12,5A
RELAY FAULT Unable to power up the appliance due to faulty relay
TEMP. FAULT Environmental temperature has dropped below -35°C (-31°F) or increased above
+90°C (+194°F)
In order to clear the existing faults, please press the button on EWM1, turn OFF the electrical appliance or turn OFF the
wireless PGM output associated with EWM1. For more details on EWM1 device, please refer to 19.9. EWM1 - Wireless Power
Socket.

136 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

EKB3/ 1. Steady ON or flashing indicator represents certain system faults. For more details, please refer to the following table below.
EKB3W/
EWKB4 Indication Description
Steady ON One or more tampers are violated; other system faults (see below)
Flashing One or more high-numbered zones (Z13-Z144) are violated (see below)
2. In order to find out more on a certain system fault, please enter the following command.

Enter command:
View system faults
#

After this procedure the keypad will illuminate red indicators for 15 seconds. All indications are listed in the table below.
LED # Description
1 Mains power is lost
2 Low backup battery power - backup battery voltage is 10.5V or lower
3 Backup battery is not present or the battery voltage runs below 5V
4 Backup battery requires replacement - backup battery resistance is 2Ω or higher
5 Wired siren is disconnected/broken
6 Wireless signal is blocked by jammer
7 One or more tampers are violated (see step #4)
8 Date/time not set
9 One or more high-numbered zones (Z13-Z144) are violated (see step #3)
10 GSM connection is lost / Communication with monitoring station failed
11 GSM/GPRS antenna is disconnected/broken
12 Wireless antenna is disconnected/broken

ATTENTION: ESIM384 (When user updates ESIM384 firmware to the newest version (v01.02.00 and up), he won’t be able to
view violated high-numbered zones on EWKB4 keypad, since the mentioned function (command) will be permanently disabled.
Eventually, user won’t be able to bypass a violated high-numbered zone by keypad and arm the system, UNLESS he configures
system’s settings as suggested further. In order to avoid this issue, user has to do the following: 1) open Eldes Utility and go to
EWKB4 settings; 2) enable EWKB4 partition switch feature; 3) arrange selected zones (i.e. keypad LED indicators) in a preferred
order; 4) assign 12 zones to each partition separately (partitions 1-4 allow user to assign any 48 zones (combined)).
3. In order to find out the violated high-numbered zone, please enter the following command and refer to the table below.

View violated high- Enter command:

numbered zones 1

4. To find out which particular tamper is violated, enter the following command. In case there is a combination of flashing and illu-
minated red indicators on the keypad, refer to the table below to find out the violated high-numbered tamper (Tamper 13 - 144).

Enter command:
View violated tampers
2

The following table provides the combinations of red indicators belonging to a certain indicator section (A or B) on the keypad.
The combination of the flashing red indicator in section A and illuminated (steady ON) red indicator in section B represents the
respective number of a violated high-numbered zone or tamper.

B (steady ON) LED #7 LED #8 LED #9 LED #10 LED #11 LED #12
A (flashing)

LED #1 Z13 Z19 Z25 Z31 Z37 Z43

LED #2 Z14 Z20 Z26 Z32 Z38 Z44

LED #3 Z15 Z21 Z27 Z33 Z39 Z45
LED #4 Z16 Z22 Z28 Z34 Z40 Z46
LED #5 Z17 Z23 Z29 Z35 Z41 Z47
LED #6 Z18 Z24 Z30 Z36 Z42 Z48

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 137

30. MONITORING STATION
The system can be configured to report events to the monitoring station by transmitting data messages to the monitoring station. The
system connects to the monitoring station when the MS (Monitoring Station) mode is enabled. When using the MS mode, the data mes-
sages transmitted to the monitoring station (see 30.1. Data Messages - Events) will gain the highest priority for the delivery, therefore
based on the communication method (see 30.2. Communication), a constant and stable connection with the monitoring station must be
ensured. In case of connection failure, the system will attempt to restore the connection and if the monitoring is unavailable for a lengthy
period of time, the system might consume a large amount of voice calls/data resulting in additional charges applied by the GSM operator
according to the cell phone service plan.

SMS text message content:

SMS ssss_SCNSET:ON
Enable MS mode
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_SCNSET:ON

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → MS MODE → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 23 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 23 1 #
EWKB4 Example: 231#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

SMS text message content:

SMS ssss_SCNSET:OFF
Disable MS mode
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_SCNSET:OFF

Menu path:
EKB2 OK →iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → MS MODE → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 23 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 23 0 #
EWKB4 Example: 230#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Account is a 4-character combination (By default – 9999) required to identify the alarm system unit by the monitoring station. The combi-
nation may consist of digits [0... 9] and letters [A.. F] (can be set using Eldes Utility only). Server 2 Account and Server 3 Account are used
only when necessary to set up to 3 server IP addresses (see 30.2.1. GPRS Network and ELAN3-ALARM)

Menu path:
EKB2 Main Account: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → ACCOUNT → OK → cccc → OK
Set account
Server 2 Account: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER2 IP
→ OK → ACCOUNT → OK → cccc → OK
Server 3 Account: ... → SERVER3 IP → OK → ACCOUNT → OK → cccc → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; cccc – 4-character account, range - [0000... 9999].

Enter parameter 27 and account number/parameter 96, parameter number and

EKB3/
EKB3W/ account number:
EWKB4 Main Account: 27 cccc #
Server 2 Account: 96 12 cccc #
Server 3 Account: 96 13 cccc #
Value: cccc – 4-character account, range - [0000... 9999].
Example: 278853#

138 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ATTENTION: The system will NOT send any data to the monitoring station while remote connection, remote firmware update or remote
listening/2-way voice communication is in progress. However, during the remote connection session or remote listening/2-way voice com-
munication process, the data messages will be queued up and transmitted to the monitoring station after the remote connection session or
remote listening/2-way voice communication process is over, while during the remote firmware update process NO data will be queued up
and all data messages will be lost.

ATTENTION: Phone calls via GSM network to the listed user phone number in case of alarm are disabled by force when MS mode is enabled.

NOTE: Additional charges may apply for voice calls/data traffic based on your cell phone service plan when using the MS mode.

30.1. Data Messages – Events

The configuration of data messages is based on Ademco Contact ID protocol. The data messages can either be transmitted to the monitor-
ing station alone or with duplication by SMS text message to listed user phone number. For more details on system notifications by SMS text
message, please refer to 27. SYSTEM NOTIFICATIONS.

Seq. No. Event Event Description

Code
1 1110 Fire alarm Transmitted in case a zone of Fire type is violated.
2 3110 Fire restore Transmitted in case a zone of Fire type is restored.
3 1120 Silent/Panic zone alarm Transmitted in case a zone of Silent/Panic type is violated.
4 3120 Silent/Panic zone restore Transmitted in case a zone of Silent/Panic type is restored.
5 1121 Disarmed by user (Duress Transmitted in case the system is disarmed by Duress code.
code)
6 3121 Armed by user (Duress code) Transmitted in case the system is armed by Duress code.
7 1130 Burglary alarm Transmitted in case a zone of Delay (if not disarmed before entry delay countdown
is completed), Interior Follower or Instant type is violated.
8 3130 Burglary restore Transmitted in case a zone of Delay (if not disarmed before entry delay countdown
is completed), Interior Follower or Instant type is restored.
9 1133 24-Hour zone alarm Transmitted in case of zone of 24-Hour type is violated.
10 3133 24-Hour zone restore Transmitted in case of zone of 24-Hour type is restored.
11 1144 Tamper alarm Transmitted in case the tamper is violated.
12 3144 Tamper restore Transmitted in case the tamper is restored.
13 1146 Instant Silent zone alarm Transmitted in case of zone of Instant Silent type is violated.
14 3146 Instant Silent zone restore Transmitted in case of zone of Instant Silent type is restored.
15 1150 Report/Control zone trigger Transmitted in case of zone of Report/Control type is triggered.
16 3150 Report/Control zone restore Transmitted in case of zone of Report/Control type is restored.
17 1158 Temperature risen Transmitted in case of the temperature has increased above the MAX set value.
18 1159 Temperature fallen Transmitted in case of temperature has decreased below the MIN set value.
19 1162 CO level critical Transmitted in case the critical level 4 of carbon monoxide (CO) concentration de-
tected by EWF1CO is reached.
20 1301 Mains power loss Transmitted in case the mains power is lost.
21 3301 Mains power restore Transmitted in case the mains power is restored.
22 1302 Low battery Transmitted in case the backup battery voltage is 10.5V or lower / the wireless de-
vice battery level runs below 5%.
23 1308 System shutdown When the system is running on backup battery power, it transmits the data mes-
sage before the backup battery power is fully depleted.
24 1309 Battery failed Transmitted in case the backup battery resistance is 2Ω or higher.
25 1311 Battery dead or missing Transmitted in case the backup battery is not present or the battery voltage runs
below 5V.
26 3311 Battery connection restore Transmitted in case the backup battery connection is fixed.
27 1321 Siren fail Transmitted in case the siren is disconnected/broken.
28 3321 Siren restore Transmitted in case the siren is connected/fixed.
29 1330 Communication bus fail Transmitted in case the RS485 device, such as keypad, ELAN3-ALARM or EPGM1 is
disconnected/broken.
30 3330 Communication bus restore Transmitted in case the RS485 device, such as keypad, ELAN3-ALARM or EPGM1
is connected/fixed

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 139

 31 1344 RF jammer detected Transmitted in case the wireless signal is blocked by jammer.
32 3344 RF jamming stopped Transmitter in case the wireless signal is restored after jamming.
33 1354 Communication with MS failed Transmitted in case the system ends up with all unsuccessful attempts by all
connections to deliver data message to the monitoring station. This event can be
managed using Eldes Utility only.
34 3354 Communication with MS Transmitted in case the system has successfully delivered the data message
restored to the monitoring station within the repeated data delivery cycle initiated after
Delay after last communication attempt time has expired. This event can be man-
aged using Eldes Utility only.
35 1358 GSM connection failed Transmitted in case the GSM connection is lost.
36 3358 SMS sending limit removed Transmitted in case the SMS text message limit is removed by user or automatically
after the set period of time has come.
37 1358 SMS sending limit reached Transmitted in case the SMS text message limit is reached.
38 1359 GSM/GPRS antenna fail Transmitted in case the GSM/GPRS antenna is disconnected/broken
39 3359 GSM/GPRS antenna restore Transmitted in case the GSM/GPRS antenna is connected/fixed.
40 1360 IP connection failed Transmitted in case the GPRS connection or Ethernet connection via ELAN3-
ALARM is lost.
41 1380 CO sensor lifetime exceeded Transmitted in case the lifetime of EWF1CO built-in CO sensor is expired.
42 1381 Wireless signal loss Transmitted in case the connection with any wireless device is lost.
43 3381 Wireless signal restore Transmitted in case the connection with any wireless device is restored.
44 1401 Disarmed by user Transmitted in case the system is disarmed by user/master code, wireless keyfob,
iButton key, SMS text message, free of charge phone call, ELDES Cloud Services,
Eldes Utility, EGR100 middle-ware or Arm-Disarm by Zone method.
45 3401 Armed by user Transmitted in case the system is armed by user/master code, wireless keyfob,
iButton key, SMS text message, free of charge phone call, ELDES Cloud Services,
Eldes Utility, EGR100 middle-ware or Arm-Disarm by Zone method.
46 1403 Disarmed automatically Transmitted in case the system is disarmed automatically according to scheduled
time.
47 3403 Armed automatically Transmitted in case the system is armed automatically according to scheduled time.
48 1412 Configuration via remote Transmitted in case the remote connection session is opened.
connection started
49 1441 Disarmed in Stay mode Transmitted in case the system is disarmed in Stay mode.
50 3441 Armed in Stay mode Transmitted in case the system is armed in Stay mode.
51 3456 Armed by user (partial arm) Transmitted in case the system is armed, while violated zone (-s) with Force attrib-
ute enabled exist.
52 3463 SGS code entered Transmitted in case the SGS code is entered.
53 1570 Zone bypassed Transmitted in case a violated zone is bypassed.
54 3570 Bypassed zone activated Transmitted in case a bypassed zone is activated.
55 3602 Test event/Kronos ping Transmitted for system online status verification purposes.
56 3626 Date/time not set Transmitted in case system date and time is not set.
57 1900 System started Transmitted on system startup.
The following table refers to user IDs included in arm/disarm data messages.

Type ID Type ID Type ID

User Phone Number 1 0 iButton 7 16 User Code 7 32
User Phone Number 2 1 iButton 8 17 User Code 8 33
User Phone Number 3 2 iButton 9 18 User Code 9 34
User Phone Number 4 3 iButton 10 19 User Code 10 35
User Phone Number 5 4 iButton 11 20 User Code 11 36
User Phone Number 6 5 iButton 12 21 User Code 12 37
User Phone Number 7 6 iButton 13 22 User Code 13 38
User Phone Number 8 7 iButton 14 23 User Code 14 39
User Phone Number 9 8 iButton 15 24 User Code15 40
User Phone Number 10 9 iButton 16 25 User Code 16 41
iButton 1 10 Master Code 26 User Code 17 42
iButton 2 11 User Code 2 27 User Code 18 43
iButton 3 12 User Code 3 28 User Code 19 44
iButton 4 13 User Code 4 29 User Code 20 45
iButton 5 14 User Code 5 30 User Code 21 46
iButton 6 15 User Code 6 31 User Code 22 47

140 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

Type ID Type ID Type ID
User Code 23 48 User Code 8 on ELDES Cloud Services 64 User Code 24 on ELDES Cloud Services 80
User Code 24 49 User Code 9 on ELDES Cloud Services 65 User Code 25 on ELDES Cloud Services 81
User Code 25 50 User Code 10 on ELDES Cloud Services 66 User Code 26 on ELDES Cloud Services 82
User Code 26 51 User Code 11 on ELDES Cloud Services 67 User Code 27 on ELDES Cloud Services 83
User Code 27 52 User Code 12 on ELDES Cloud Services 68 User Code 28 on ELDES Cloud Services 84
User Code 28 53 User Code 13 on ELDES Cloud Services 69 User Code 29 on ELDES Cloud Services 85
User Code 29 54 User Code 14 on ELDES Cloud Services 70 User Code 30 on ELDES Cloud Services 86
User Code 30 55 User Code 15 on ELDES Cloud Services 71 Keyfob 1-Keyfob 16 145-
160
Remote Code (EGR100) 56 User Code 16 on ELDES Cloud Services 72 Arm/Disarm by Zone Z1-Z16 167-
182
Master Code on ELDES Cloud Services 57 User Code 17 on ELDES Cloud Services 73 Arm/Disarm by Scheduler 183-
198
User Code 2 on ELDES Cloud Services 58 User Code 18 on ELDES Cloud Services 74
User Code 3 on ELDES Cloud Services 59 User Code 19 on ELDES Cloud Services 75
User Code 4 on ELDES Cloud Services 60 User Code 20 on ELDES Cloud Services 76
User Code 5 on ELDES Cloud Services 61 User Code 21 on ELDES Cloud Services 77
User Code 6 on ELDES Cloud Services 62 User Code 22 on ELDES Cloud Services 78
User Code 7 on ELDES Cloud Services 63 User Code 23 on ELDES Cloud Services 79

Menu path:
EKB2 Burglary alarm/restore: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 1 → OK →
Disable data message
BURGLR ALM/REST EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Mains power loss/restore: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Armed/disarmed by user: ... → ARM/DISARM EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Battery failed: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → DISABLE → OK
Battery dead or missing/battery connection restore: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK →
DISABLE → OK
Test event: ... → TEST EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Tamper alarm/restore: ... → TAMPER ALM/REST EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Instant Silent zone alarm/restore: ... → INST SILENT EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
System started: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Fire alarm/restore: ... → FIRE ALM/REST EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
24-Hour zone alarm/restore: ... → 24H ALM/REST EVENT→ OK → DISABLE → OK
Low battery: ... → LOW BATTE RY EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Temperature risen: ... → TEMP HIGH EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Temperature fallen: ... → TEMP LOW EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Wireless signal loss/restore: ... → WLESS SIGN L/R EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Disarmed by user (Duress code): OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 2 →
OK → DISARM DURESS EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
SGS code entered: ... → ARM/DARM SGS EVENT → OK → DISABLE → OK
Armed by user (partial arm): ... → ARM PARTIAL EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Siren fail/restore: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
RF jammer detected/RF jamming stopped: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → DISABLE → OK
Date/time not set: ... → DATE/ TIME NOT SET → OK → DISABLE → OK
GSM connection failed: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → DISABLE → OK
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → DISABLE → OK
System shutdown: ... → SYSTEM SHUTDOWN EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Communication bus fail/restore: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/RST → OK → DISABLE → OK
IP connection failed: ... → GPRS CONNECT FAIL → OK → DISABLE → OK
Zone bypassed/activated: ... → ZONE BYPASS→ OK → DISABLE → OK
CO sensor lifetime exceeded: ... → CO SENS LFTIME EXC→ OK → DISABLE → OK
CO level critical: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → DISABLE → OK
Report/Control zone triggered/restored: ... → REPORT→ OK → DISABLE → OK

Armed/disarmed in STAY mode: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 3 →

EKB2 OK→ ARM/DARM STAY EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Configuration via remote connection started: ... → CFG VIA REMOTE EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Panic/Silent zone alarm/restore: ... → PA/SIL ALM/REST EV → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 141

 Enter parameter 24, event number and parameter status value:
EKB3/
EKB3W/ 24 01 0 # – Burglary alarm/restore
EWKB4 24 02 0 # – Mains power loss/restore
24 03 0 # – Armed/disarmed by user
24 04 0 # – Test event
24 05 0 # – Battery failed
24 06 0 # –Battery dead or missing/battery connection restore
24 07 0 # –Tamper alarm/restore
24 08 0 # –Instant Silent zone alarm/restore
24 09 0 # – Kronos ping
24 10 0 # – System started
24 13 0 # – 24-Hour zone alarm/restore
24 14 0 # – Fire zone alarm/restore
24 15 0 # – Low battery
24 16 0 # –Temperature risen
24 17 0 # – Temperature fallen
24 18 0 # – Wireless signal loss/restore
24 19 0 # – Disarmed by user (Duress code)
24 20 0 # – SGS code entered
24 21 0 # – Armed by user (partial arm)
24 22 0 # – Siren fail/restore
24 23 0 # –RF jammer detected/RF jamming stopped
24 24 0 # –Date/time not set
24 25 0 # – GSM connection failed
24 26 0 # – GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore
24 27 0 # – System shutdown
24 28 0 #– Communication bus fail/restore
24 29 0 # – IP connection failed
24 31 0 # – Zone bypassed/activated
24 32 0 # – CO sensor lifetime exceeded
24 33 0 # – CO level critical
24 34 0 # – Report/Control zone triggered/restored
24 35 0 # – Armed/disarmed in STAY mode
24 36 0 # – Configuration via remote connection started
24 37 0 # – Panic/Silent zone alarm/restore
24 38 0 # – Armed/disarmed automatically
24 39 0 # – SMS sending limit reached/removed
Example: 24080#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

142 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Menu path:
Enable data message EKB2 Burglary alarm/restore: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 1 → OK →
BURGLR ALM/REST EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Mains power loss/restore: ... → MAIN POWER L/R EV → OK →ENABLE → OK
Armed/disarmed by user: ... → ARM/DISARM EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Battery failed: ... → BATTERY FAILED → OK → ENABLE → OK
Battery dead or missing/battery connection restore: ... → BATTERY DEAD/MISS → OK →
ENABLE → OK
Test event: ... → TEST EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Tamper alarm/restore: ... → TAMPER ALM/REST EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Instant Silent zone alarm/restore: ... → INST SILENT EV→ OK → ENABLE → OK
System started: ... → SYSTEM STARTED EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Fire alarm/restore: ... → FIRE ALM/REST EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
24-Hour zone alarm/restore: ... → 24H ALM/REST EVENT→ OK → ENABLE → OK
Low battery: ... → LOW BATTE RY EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Temperature risen: ... → TEMP HIGH EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Temperature fallen: ... → TEMP LOW EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Wireless signal loss/restore: ... → WLESS SIGN L/R EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Disarmed by user (Duress code): OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 2 →
OK → DISARM DURESS EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
SGS code entered: ... → ARM/DARM SGS EVENT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Armed by user (partial arm): ... → ARM PARTIAL EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Siren fail/restore: ... → SIREN FAIL/REST EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
RF jammer detected/RF jamming stopped: ... → RF JAMMER DETECTED → OK → ENABLE → OK
Date/time not set: ... → DATE/ TIME NOT SET → OK → ENABLE → OK
GSM connection failed: ... → GSM CONNECT FAILED → OK → ENABLE → OK
GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore: ... → GSM ANT FAIL/REST → OK → ENABLE → OK
System shutdown: ... → SYSTEM SHUTDOWN EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Communication bus fail/restore: ... → COMM BUS FAIL/RST → OK → ENABLE → OK
IP connection failed: ... → GPRS CONNECT FAIL → OK → ENABLE → OK
Zone bypassed/activated: ... → ZONE BYPASS → OK → ENABLE → OK
CO sensor lifetime exceeded: ... → CO SENS LFTIME EXC→ OK → ENABLE → OK
CO level critical: ... → CO LEVEL CRITICAL → OK → ENABLE → OK
Report/Control zone triggered/restored: ... → REPORT → OK → ENABLE → OK
Armed/disarmed in STAY mode: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DATA MESSAGES 3 →
OK→ ARM/DARM STAY EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Configuration via remote connection started: ... → CFG VIA REMOTE EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Panic/Silent zone alarm/restore: ... → PA/SIL ALM/REST EV → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 143

 Enter parameter 24, event number and parameter status value:
EKB3/
EKB3W/ 24 01 1 # – Burglary alarm/restore
EWKB4 24 02 1 # – Mains power loss/restore
24 03 1 # – Armed/disarmed by user
24 04 1 # – Test event
24 05 1 # – Battery failed
24 06 1 # – Battery dead or missing/battery connection restore
24 07 1 # – Tamper alarm/restore
24 08 1 # – Instant Silent zone alarm/restore
24 09 1 # – Kronos ping
24 10 1 # – System started
24 13 1 # – 24-Hour zone alarm/restore
24 14 1 # – Fire zone alarm/restore
24 15 1 # – Low battery
24 16 1 # – Temperature risen
24 17 1 # – Temperature fallen
24 18 1 # – Wireless signal loss/restore
24 19 1 # – Disarmed by user (Duress code)
24 20 1 # – SGS code entered
24 21 1 # – Armed by user (partial arm)
24 22 1 # – Siren fail/restore
24 23 1 # –RF jammer detected/RF jamming stopped
24 24 1 # –Date/time not set
24 25 1 # – GSM connection failed
24 26 1 # – GSM/GPRS antenna fail/restore
24 27 1 # – System shutdown
24 28 1 # – Communication bus fail/restore
24 29 1 # – IP connection failed
24 31 1 # – Zone bypassed/activated
24 32 1 # – CO sensor lifetime exceeded
24 33 1 # – CO level critical
24 34 1 # – Report/Control zone triggered/restored
24 35 1 # – Armed/disarmed in STAY mode
24 36 1 # – Configuration via remote connection started
24 37 1 # – Panic/Silent zone alarm/restore
24 38 1 # – Armed/disarmed automatically
24 39 1 # – SMS sending limit reached/removed
Example: 24031#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

144 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

30.2. Communication

The system supports the following communication methods and protocols:

• GPRS network – EGR100, Kronos, SIA IP protocol (ANSI/SIA DC-09-2007 and ANSI/SIA DC-09-2013; configurable as encrypted and
non-encrypted).
• Voice calls (GSM audio channel) – Ademco Contact ID protocol.
• CSD (Circuit Switched Data).
• PSTN (landline) – Ademco Contact ID protocol.
• SMS – Cortex SMS format.
• ELAN3-ALARM – EGR100, Kronos, SIA IP protocol (ANSI/SIA DC-09-2007 and ANSI/SIA DC-09-2013; configurable as encrypted and
non-encrypted).

Any communication method can be set as primary or backup connection. The user can set up to 5 backup connections in any sequence order.

Initially, the system communicates via primary connection with the monitoring station. By default, if the initial attempt to transmit data is
unsuccessful, the system will make additional attempts until the data is successfully delivered. If all attempts are unsuccessful, the system
will follow this pattern:

a) The system switches to the backup connection that follows in the sequence (presumably - Backup 1).
b) The system then attempts to transmit data by the backup connection.
c) If the initial attempt is unsuccessful, the system will make additional attempts until the data is successfully delivered.
d) If the system ends up with all unsuccessful attempts, it will switch to the next backup connection in the sequence (presumably - Back­
up 2) and will continue to operate as described in the previous steps. The connection is considered unsuccessful under the following
conditions:
• GPRS network/ELAN3-ALARM – The system has not received the ACK data message from the monitoring station within 40 seconds.
• Voice calls:
• The system has not received the “handshake” signal from the monitoring station within 20 seconds.
• The system has not received the “kissoff” signal from the monitoring station within 5 attempts each lasting 1 second.
• CSD – The system has not received the ACK data message from the monitoring station within 35 seconds.
• PSTN:
• The system has not received the “handshake” signal from the monitoring station within 20 seconds.
• The system has not received the “kissoff” signal from the monitoring station within 5 attempts each lasting 1 second.
• SMS – The system has not received the SMS delivery report from the SMSC (Short Message Service Center) within 45 seconds.
e) If one of the attempts is successful, the system will transmit all queued up data messages by this connection.
f) The system then returns to the primary connection and attempts to transmit the next data messages by primary connection.
g) If the system ends up with all unsuccessful attempts by all connections, the keypad will indicate system fault and the listed user may be
notified by SMS text message (by default - disabled), while the system will hold until the Delay after last communication attempt time
(by default – 1200 seconds) expires and will return to the primary connection afterwards. Once the repeated data message delivery
cycle has started, the system will skip the connections with disabled Retry after delay function (permanently enabled for IP commu-
nication methods - GPRS network and ELAN3-ALARM). In the event of successful data message delivery, the keypad will no longer
indicate system fault.
h) If a new data message, except Test Event (ping), is generated within the Delay after last communication attempt time-frame, the
system will immediately attempt to transmit it to the monitoring station, regardless of Delay after last communication attempt being
in progress.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 145

 PRIMARY

Makes up to 3 or 5 attempts to transmit data

All attempts failed

Switches to BACKUP 1

Makes up to 3 attempts to transmit data

All attempts failed

One of the attempts is successful

Switches to BACKUP 2 Transmits all queued up data

Makes up to 3 attempts to transmit data Returns to PRIMARY

All attempts failed One of the attempts is successful

Switches to BACKUP 3 Transmits all queued up data

Makes up to 3 attempts to transmit data Returns to PRIMARY

All attempts failed One of the attempts is successful

Switches to BACKUP 4 Transmits all queued up data

Makes up to 3 attempts to transmit data Returns to PRIMARY

All attempts failed

One of the attempts is successful

Switches to BACKUP 5 Transmits all queued up data

Makes up to 3 attempts to transmit data Returns to PRIMARY

All attempts failed One of the attempts is successful

Waits for 1200 seconds Transmits all queued up data

Delay after last communication attempt
Returns to PRIMARY
Returns to PRIMARY

NOTE: The number of attempts indicated in the diagram is the default value.

NOTE: When using Dual-SIM feature, the Secondary SIM card is involved in the communication process. For more details, please refer to
31. DUAL SIM MANAGEMENT.

146 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Menu path:
Set primary connection EKB2 GPRS network - Server 1... 3: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → PRIMARY CONNECTION
→ OK → GPRS IP1... IP3 → OK
Voice calls: ... → PRIMARY CONNECTION → OK → VOICE CALLS → OK
CSD: ... → PRIMARY CONNECTION → OK → CSD → OK
PSTN: ... → PRIMARY CONNECTION → OK → PSTN → OK
SMS: ... → PRIMARY CONNECTION → OK → SMS → OK
ELAN3-ALARM - Server 1... 3: ... → PRIMARY CONNECTION → OK → ELAN3-ALARM IP1... IP3
→ OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 48 and communication method number:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 48 0 # – GPRS network - Server 1
EWKB4 48 1 # – Voice calls
48 2 # – CSD
48 3 # – PSTN
48 4 # – SMS
48 5 # – ELAN3-ALARM - Server 1
48 6 # – GPRS network - Server 2
48 7 # – GPRS network - Server 3
48 8 # – ELAN3-ALARM - Server 2
48 9 # – ELAN3-ALARM - Server 3
Example: 484#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Set backup connection EKB2 GPRS network - Server 1... 3: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → BACKUP CONNECTION1...
1... 5 5 → OK → GPRS IP1... IP3 → OK
Voice calls: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → VOICE CALLS → OK
CSD: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → CSD → OK
PSTN: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → PSTN → OK
SMS: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → SMS → OK
ELAN3-ALARM - Server 1... 3: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → ELAN3-ALARM IP1...
IP3 → OK
connection not in use: ... → BACKUP CONNECTION1... 5 → OK → N/A → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 83, backup connection slot number and communication method
EKB3/
EKB3W/ number:
EWKB4 83 bb 0 # – GPRS network - Server 1
83 bb 1 # – Voice calls
83 bb 2 # – CSD
83 bb 3 # – PSTN
83 bb 4 # – SMS
83 bb 5 # – ELAN3-ALARM - Server 1
83 bb 6 # – GPRS network - Server 2
83 bb 7 # – GPRS network - Server 3
83 bb 8 # – ELAN3-ALARM - Server 2
83 bb 9 # – ELAN3-ALARM - Server 3
Value: bb - backup connection slot, range - [01... 05].
Example: 83024#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 147

If all attempts by all set connections are unsuccessful, the system will wait until the delay time (by default – 1200 seconds) expires and
will attempt to transmit data to the monitoring station again starting with the primary connection.

Menu path:
Set delay after last
communication EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → DELAY LAST ATTEMPT → OK → aaapp → OK
attempt Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; aaapp – duration of delay after last attempt, range – [0...
65535] seconds.

Enter parameter 69 and duration of delay after last attempt:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 69 aaapp #
EWKB4 Value: aaapp – duration of delay after last attempt, range – [0... 65535] seconds.
Example: 69200#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

NOTE: 0 value disables delay after last communication attempt.

NOTE: The system is fully compatible with Kronos NET/Kronos LT/ Securithor monitoring station software for communication via GPRS or
LAN network. When using a different monitoring station software, EGR100 middleware, which is freeware and can be downloaded at
www.eldesalarms.com . Alternatively, you can use ESR100 digital receiver device.
30.2.1. GPRS Network and ELAN3-ALARM

ATTENTION: Hybrid alarm control panels ESIM364 and ESIM384 were designed as GSM/GPRS panels. We do recommend to use Ethernet
communicator ELAN3-ALARM for backup purposes only. ELAN3-ALARM can speed up communication and save on GSM costs, but at the same
time keeping active SIM card is highly recommended for: Remote connection in case of Internet loss (power or service loss, change of network
configuration etc.); Remote Firmware updates (FOTA); Additional communication channels like SMS, phone calls.

The system supports up to 3 server IP addresses for data transmission to the monitoring station via IP-based networks by GPRS network or
Ethernet connection using ELAN3-ALARM device. The supported data formats are the following:
• EGR100
• Kronos
• SIA IP
To set up the system for data transmission via GPRS network or Ethernet using ELAN3-ALARM, please follow the basic configuration steps:
1. Enable MS Mode parameter (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
2. Set 4-character Main Account number (see 30. MONITORING STATION). In addition, you may set the Account for up to 3 servers
individually.
3. Set Server 1 IP address, which is a public IP address of ESR100 digital receiver, the machine running EGR100, Kronos or SIA IP-based
monitoring station software. In addition, you can set up to 3 server IP addresses in total.
4. Set Server 1 port, which is a port of ESR100 digital receiver, the machine running EGR100, Kronos or SIA IP-based monitoring station
software. In addition, you may set the port for up to 3 servers individually.
5. Select TCP or UDP protocol for Server 1. In addition, you may select the protocol for up to 3 servers individually.
6. Select data format for Server 1: EGR100, Kronos or SIA IP. In addition, you may select the data format for up to 3 servers individually.
7. In case EGR100 is selected, set 4-digit Unit ID numbers. Unit ID number can be identical to Account number. In addition, you may set
the Unit ID for up to 3 servers individually.
8. When using GPRS network connection, it is necessary to set up APN, user name and password provided by the GSM operator. De-
pending on the GSM operator, only APN might be required to set up .
9. In case EGR100 is selected, for security reasons it is highly recommended to set up the 4-digit encryption key matching the 4-digit
encryption key set up in EGR100 middle-ware. In case of encryption key mismatch, the data delivered by the system will be rejected
by EGR100 middle-ware. By default, the encryption key is not used.
10. In case more than one server IP address is set up, you may wish to enable parallel data transmission to all IP addresses simultaneous-
ly. By default, this feature is disabled, therefore the system will switch to the next IP address (if set up and selected in the connection
priority sequence) in the event of failed connection with the previous server.
For detailed step-by-step instructions on how to establish the communication between ESIM384 alarm system and EGR100 middleware,
please refer to the middleware’s HELP file.

SMS text message content:

SMS Server 1: ssss_SETGPRS:IP:add.add.add.add
Set server IP address
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; add.add.add.add – server IP address.
Example: 1111_SETGPRS:IP:65.82.119.5

148 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Menu path:
EKB2 Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP → OK →
SERVER IP → OK → add.add. add.add → OK
Server 2: ... → SERVER2 IP → OK → SERVER IP → OK → add.add. add.add → OK
Server 3: ... → SERVER3 IP → OK → SERVER IP → OK → add.add. add.add → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; add.add.add.add – server IP address.

Enter parameter 40 and server IP address/parameter 96, parameter number and

EKB3/
EKB3W/ server IP address:
EWKB4 Server 1: 40 add add add add #
Server 2: 96 02 add add add add #
Server 3: 96 03 add add add add #
Value: add add add add – server IP address.
Example: 40065082119005#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

SMS text message content:

SMS Server 1: ssss_SETGPRS:PORT:pprrt
Set server port
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; pprrt – server port number, range – [1... 65535].
Example: 1111_SETGPRS:PORT:5521

Menu path:
EKB2 Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP → SERVER
PORT → OK → pprrt → OK
Server 2: ... → SERVER2 IP → SERVER PORT → OK → pprrt → OK
Server 3: ... → SERVER3 IP → SERVER PORT → OK → pprrt → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; pprrt – server port number, range – [1... 65535].

Enter parameter 44 and server port number/parameter 96, parameter number and
EKB3/
EKB3W/ port number:
EWKB4 Server 1: 44 pprrt #
Server 2: 96 04 pprrt #
Server 3: 96 05 pprrt #
Value: pprrt – server port number, range – [1... 65535].
Example: 443365#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Set DNS1 server IP OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTINGS → OK → DNS1 → OK → add. add.add. add → OK
EKB2
address
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; add.add.add.add – DNS1 server IP address.

Enter parameter 41 and DNS1 server IP address:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 41 add add add add #
EWKB4 Value: add add add add – DNS1 server IP address.
Example: 41065082119001#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Set DNS2 server IP EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTINGS → OK → DNS2 → OK → add. add.add. add → OK
address
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; add.add.add.add – DNS2 server IP address.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 149

 Enter parameter 42 and DNS2 server IP address:
EKB3/
EKB3W/ 42 add add add add #
EWKB4 Value: add add add add – DNS2 server IP address.
Example: 42065082119002#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

SMS text message content:

SMS Server 1: ssss_SETGPRS:PROTOCOL:ptc
Set protocol
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; ptc – protocol, range – [TCP... UDP].
Example: 1111_SETGPRS:PROTOCOL:UDP

Menu path:
EKB2 Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP → OK →
PROTOCOL → OK → TCP | UDP → OK
Server 2: ... → SERVER2 IP → OK → PROTOCOL→ OK → TCP | UDP → OK
Server 3: ... → SERVER3 IP → OK → PROTOCOL→ OK → TCP | UDP → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Enter parameter 43 and protocol number/parameter 96, parameter number and

EKB3/
EKB3W/ protocol number:
EWKB4 Server 1: 43 0 # - TCP | 43 1 # - UDP
Server 2: 96 06 0 # - TCP | 96 06 1 # - UDP
Server 3: 96 07 0 # - TCP | 96 07 1 # - UDP
Example: 431#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Set data format as

Kronos, EGR100 or Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
SIA IP Utility

Manage SIA IP data Eldes

format parameters This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Set encryption key

for EGR100 data Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
format Utility

ATTENTION: It is necessary to restart the system locally by powering down and powering up the system the system or remotely (see 34.
REMOTE SYSTEM RESTART) after changing the IP address or switching from TCP to UDP.

NOTE: Kronos NET/Kronos LT software communicates via TCP protocol, while EGR100 middle-ware v1.2 and up supports both – TCP and
UDP protocols.

By default, if the initial attempt to transmit data to the monitoring station via GPRS network or Ethernet method is unsuccessful, the sys-
tem will make up to 3 additional attempts. If all attempts are unsuccessful, the system will switch to next backup connection that follows in
the sequence and will attempt to transmit data until it is successfully delivered to the monitoring station.

150 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Menu path:
EKB2 Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP → OK → IP
Set attempts
ATTEMPTS → OK → att → OK
Server 2: ... → SERVER2 IP → OK → IP ATTEMPTS → OK → att → OK
Server 3: ... → SERVER3 IP → OK → IP ATTEMPTS → OK → att → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; att – number of attempts, range – [1... 255].

Enter parameter 68 and number of attempts/parameter 96, parameter number

EKB3/
EKB3W/ and number of attempts:
EWKB4 Server 1: 68 att #
Server 2: 96 08 att #
Server 3: 96 09 att #
Value: att – number of attempts, range – [01... 255].
Example: 6809#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

To report the online status, the system periodically transmits (by default – every 180 seconds) Test Event data message (ping) to the mon-
itoring station via GPRS network or Ethernet.

Menu path:
EKB2 Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP → OK → TEST
Set test period
PERIOD → OK → tteessttpp → OK
Server 2: ... → SERVER2 IP → OK → TEST PERIOD → OK → tteessttpp → OK
Server 3: ... → SERVER3 IP → OK → TEST PERIOD → OK → tteessttpp → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; tteessttpp – test period, range – [0... 65535] seconds.

Enter parameter 46 and number of attempts/parameter 96, parameter number

EKB3/
EKB3W/ and number of attempts:
EWKB4 Server 1: 46 tteessttpp #
Server 2: 96 10 tteessttpp #
Server 3: 96 11 tteessttpp #
Value: tteessttpp – test period, range – [0... 65535] seconds.
Example: 46120#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

NOTE: 0 value disables test period. However, disabling the test period is HIGHLY UNRECOMMENDED.
Unit ID is a 4-digit number (By default – 0000) required to identify the alarm system unit by EGR100 middle-ware. It is RECOMMENDED to
change the default Unit ID before using EGR100.

Menu path:
EKB2 Server 1: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP → OK → UNIT
Set unit ID
ID → OK → unid → OK
Server 2: ... → SERVER2 IP → OK → UNIT ID → OK → unid → OK
Server 3: ... → SERVER3 IP → OK → UNIT ID → OK → unid → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; unid – 4-digit unit ID number.

Enter parameter 47 and unit ID number/parameter 96, parameter number and unit
EKB3/
EKB3W/ ID number:
EWKB4 Server 1: 47 unid #
Server 2: 96 14 unid #
Server 3: 96 15 unid #
Value: unid – 4-digit unit ID number.
Example: 472245#

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 151

 Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

For communication via GPRS network, the GPRS parameters provided by the GSM operator are necessary to be set up. To set those param-
eters, please refer to the following configuration methods.

SMS text message content:

SMS ssss_SETGPRS:APN:acc-point-name
Set APN
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; acc-point-name – up to 31 character APN (Access Point
Name) provided by the GSM operator.
Example: 1111_SETGPRS:APN:internet

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

SMS text message content:

SMS ssss_SETGPRS:USER:usr-name
Set user name
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; usr-name – up to 31 character user name provided by
the GSM operator.
Example: 1111_USER:mobileusr

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

SMS text message content:

SMS ssss_SETGPRS:PSW:password
Set password
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password; password – up to 31 character password provided by
the GSM operator.
Example: 1111_SETGPRS:PSW:mobilepsw

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

SMS text message content:

View IP and GPRS SMS ssss_SETGPRS?
network settings
Example: 1111_SETGPRS?

Menu path:
EKB2 Server IP: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP... SERVER 2...
3 IP → OK → SERVER IP
Server port: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP... SERVER
2... 3 IP → OK → SERVER PORT
DNS1: OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTNGS → OK → DNS1
DNS2: OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTNGS → OK → DNS2
Protocol: OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → SERVER IP... SERVER2...
3 IP → OK → PROTOCOL
APN: OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTINGS → OK → APN
User name: OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTINGS → OK → USERS
Password: OK → iiii → OK → GPRS SETTINGS → OK → PASSWORD
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

152 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Menu path:
Enable parallel data EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → PARAL.DS.MODE → OK →
transmission ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter command 96, parameter number and parameter status value:
EKB3W/ 96 01 1 #
EWKB4 Example: 96011#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Disable parallel data EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → IP SETTINGS → OK → PARAL.DS.MODE → OK →
transmission DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter command 96, parameter number and parameter status value:
EKB3W/ 96 01 0 #
EWKB4 Example: 96010#

Eldes This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

30.2.2. Voice Calls and SMS

The system supports up to 3 monitoring station phone numbers for communication with the alarm system by Voice Calls or SMS communi-
cation method using Ademco Contact ID or Cortex SMS data format respectively. Tel. Number 1 is mandatory, the other two can be used as
backup phone numbers and are not necessary. The supported phone number formats are the following:
• International (with plus) – The phone numbers must be entered starting with plus and an international country code in the fol-
lowing format: +[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: +44170911XXXX1. This format can be used when
setting up the phone number by Eldes Utility.
• International (with 00) – The phone numbers must be entered starting with 00 and an international country code in the following
format: 00[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: 0044170911XXXX1. This format can be used when setting
up the phone number by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad.
• Local – The phone numbers must be entered starting with an area code in the following format: [area code][local number], example
for UK: 0170911XXXX1. This format can be used when setting up the phone number by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and Eldes
Utility.
To set up the system for data transmission via Voice Calls or SMS, please follow the basic configuration steps:
1. Enable MS Mode parameter (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
2. Set 4-digit Main Account number (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
3. Set Tel. Number 1... 3.

Menu path:
Set monitoring station EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → VOICE CALLS/SMS ST → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 →
phone number OK → ttteeellnnuumm → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone
number.

Enter parameter 26, phone number slot and phone number:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 26 ps ttteeellnnuumm #
EWKB4 Value: ps – phone number slot, range – [01... 03]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitor-
ing station phone number.
Example: 26010044170911XXXX1#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 153

 Menu path:
Delete monitoring EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → VOICE CALLS/SMS ST → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 →
station phone number OK → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

By default, if the initial attempt to transmit data to the monitoring station’s Tel Number 1 via Voice Calls or SMS method is unsuccessful,
the system will make up to 2 additional attempts. After all unsuccessful attempts, the system will continue to communicate with the mon-
itoring station by switching to the next phone number that follows in the sequence and making up to 2 additional attempts if the initial
attempt was unsuccessful. If all attempts to all phone numbers are unsuccessful, the system will switch to next backup connection that
follows in the sequence and will attempt to transmit data until it is successfully delivered to the monitoring station.

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → VOICE CALLS/SMS ST → OK → ATTEMPTS → OK →
Set attempts
at → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; at – number of attempts, range – [1... 10].

Enter parameter 37 and number of attempts:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 37 at #
EWKB4 Value: at – number of attempts, range – [01... 10].
Example: 3706#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Due to the individual configuration of each monitoring station, the system may fail to deliver the data message via Voice Calls communi-
cation method. In such cases it is recommended to adjust the microphone gain and speaker level until the optimal value is discovered (de-
pending on which error appears: synchro error - speaker level; no kissoff - microphone gain), leading to successful data message delivery.

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → PRIMARY SETT INGS → OK → GSM AUDIO → OK → MICROPHONE GAIN → OK
Set microphone gain
→ mg → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; mg – microphone gain, range – [0... 15].

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ATTENTION: When using the SMS data transmission method, the system will notify the monitoring station and the user once the SMS de-
livery limit is exceeded. In such case, the system will no longer be able to send out any SMS text messages neither to the monitoring station
nor to the user, unless the SMS text message delivery limit is reset by the user or automatically. For more details, please refer to 27.1. SMS
Text Message Delivery Restrictions.

154 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

30.2.3. PSTN
The system supports up to 3 monitoring station phone numbers for communication with the alarm system by PSTN communication meth­od
using Ademco Contact ID data format. Tel. Number 1 is mandatory, the other two can be used as backup phone numbers and are not neces-
sary. The supported phone number formats are the following:

• International (with 00) – The phone numbers must be entered starting with 00 and an international country code in the following
format: 00[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: 0044170911XXXX1. This format can be used when setting
up the phone number by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and Eldes Utility.
• Local – The phone numbers must be entered starting with an area code in the following format: [area code][local number], example
for UK: 0170911XXXX1. This format can be used when setting up the phone number by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad and Eldes
Utility.
To set up the system for data transmission via PSTN, please follow the basic configuration steps:
1. Enable MS Mode parameter (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
2. Set 4-digit Main Account number (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
3. Set Tel. Number 1... 3.

Menu path:
Set monitoring station EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → PSTN SETTINGS → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 → OK →
phone number ttteeellnnuumm → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station
phone number.

Enter parameter 58, phone number slot and phone number:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 58 ps ttteeellnnuumm #
EWKB4 Value: ps – phone number slot, range – [01... 03]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitor-
ing station phone number.
Example: 58020044170911XXXX1#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Delete monitoring EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → PSTN SETTINGS → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 → OK → OK
station phone number
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

By default, if the initial attempt to transmit data to the monitoring station’s Tel Number 1 via PSTN method is unsuccessful, the system
will make up to 2 additional attempts. After all unsuccessful attempts, the system will switch to the next phone number that follows in
the sequence and will make up to 2 additional attempts if the initial attempt was unsuccessful. If all attempts to all phone numbers are
unsuccessful, the system will switch to next backup connection that follows in the sequence and will attempt to transmit data until it is
successfully delivered to the monitoring station.

Menu path:
Set attempts EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → PSTN SETTINGS → OK → ATTEMPTS → OK → at → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; at – number of attempts, range – [1... 10].

Enter parameter 91 and number of attempts:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 91 at #
EWKB4 Value: at – number of attempts, range – [01... 10].
Example: 9108#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Alternatively, the phone number entries can be treated as phone numbers for receiving calls in case of alarm. For more details on how this
method operates, please refer to 17. ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER.
To enable/disable this feature, please refer to the following configuration method.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 155

 Enable/disable Treat Eldes
PSTN Call as User Call This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

30.2.4. CSD
The system supports up to 5 monitoring station phone numbers for communication with the alarm system by CSD communication method.
Tel. Number 1 is mandatory, the other four can be used as backup phone numbers and are not necessary. The supported phone number
formats are the following:
• International (with plus) – The phone number must be entered starting with plus and an international country code in the following
format: +[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: +44170911XXXX1. This format can be used when setting up
the phone number by Eldes Utility.
• International (with 00) – The phone number must be entered starting with 00 and an international country code in the following ž
format: 00[international code][area code][local number], example for UK: 0044170911XXXX1. This format can be used when setting
up the phone number by EKB2/EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 keypad.
To set up the system for data transmission via CSD, please follow the basic configuration steps:
1. Enable MS Mode parameter (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
2. Set 4-digit Main Account number (see 30. MONITORING STATION).
3. Set Tel. Number 1... 5.

Menu path:
Set monitoring station EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → CSD SETTINGS → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 5 → OK →
phone number ttteeellnnuumm → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitoring station phone
number.

Enter parameter 85, number of entry and phone number:

EKB3/
EKB3W/ 85 ps ttteeellnnuumm #
EWKB4 Value: ps – phone number slot, range – [01... 05]; ttteeellnnuumm – up to 15 digits monitor-
ing station phone number.
Example: 85010044170911XXXX1#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

Menu path:
Delete monitoring EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → CSD SETTINGS → OK → TEL. NUMBER 1... 5 → OK → OK
station phone number
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

By default, if the initial attempt to transmit data to the monitoring station’s phone number via CSD method is unsuccessful, the system
will make up to 2 additional attempts. If all attempts are unsuccessful, the system will switch to next backup connection that follows in the
sequence and will attempt to transmit data until it is successfully delivered to the monitoring station.

Menu path:
Set attempts EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → MS SETTINGS → OK → CSD SETTINGS → OK → ATTEMPTS → OK → at → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code; at – number of attempts, range – [1... 10].

Enter parameter 84 and number of attempts:

EKB3/ 84 at #
EKB3W/
EWKB4 Value: at – number of attempts, range – [01... 10].
Example: 8403#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

156 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

31. DUAL SIM MANAGEMENT

The Dual-SIM feature allows the system to operate with one of the two inserted SIM cards identified as Primary SIM and Secondary SIM
respectively. The Primary SIM card works as the main default card, while the Secondary SIM card is intended for backup purposes or addition
to the Primary SIM card - SMS text message sending/calling to the listed user phone number and/or communication with the monitoring
station.

The Dual-SIM feature can operate in one of the following modes:

• Disabled – The Secondary SIM card will not be functional and the system operates with Primary SIM card only (by default – enabled).
• Automatic – The system switches between the SIM cards in case of a GSM connection or one of the SIM cards failure.

Manage Dual -SIM Eldes

This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
feature Utility

NOTE: Regardless of the selected mode, only one of the two SIM cards can operate at the same time.

31.1. Disabled Mode

Disabled mode is the default system mode that does not involve the Secondary SIM in the communication process. When this mode is in
use, the system will ignore the Secondary SIM card even if inserted in the SIM card slot.
For more details on how the system communicates with the user and the monitoring station in Disabled mode, please refer to 17. ALARM
INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS FOR USER and 30.2. Communication respectively.

31.2. Automatic Mode

Automatic mode involves both SIM cards in the communication process. In this mode there is no Primary or Secondary SIM card hierarchy,
since both cards are equal and the SIM card that is currently in use maintains the GSM connection at all time, unless a failure occurs and the
other card would replace the previous one.

When one of the SIM card fails, the system attempts to re-establish a connection with it by starting an initial reconnection for a set number
of attempts (by default - 3 attempts). If all attempts fail, the system will switch to the other SIM card. If the other SIM card is responsive and
a GSM connection is successfully established, the system will remain operating with that SIM card until it fails. However, if the other SIM
card is unresponsive or it is not present in the SIM card slot, the system will return to the previous SIM card and attempt to establish a GSM
connection with it. If the system fails to carry out this action, after a single attempt it will switch to the other SIM card. This cycle continues
until one of the SIM cards responds and a GSM connection is successfully established. When the SIM card fails, the system will once again
attempt to restore the GSM connection for a set number of attempts (by default – 3 attempts). If all attempts fail, the cycle will continue as
described previously.

In Automatic mode the priority is to transmit data to the monitoring station, but if an event, which requires the system to send an SMS text
message occurs , the system will send the SMS text message via the SIM card that is currently in use. This can only be carried out under
the following conditions:

• among the attempts to transmit data to the monitoring station (depending on communication method).
• while switching the monitoring station connections.
• while switching between the SIM cards.

NOTE: ELDES Cloud Services will remain operational in Automatic mode, when used.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 157

32. WIRED DEVICES
32.1. RS485 Interface

The system comes equipped with RS485 interface used for the communication with the following devices:

• EKB2 - LCD keypad. Up to 4 units supported.

• EKB3 - LED keypad. Up to 4 units supported.
• EPGM1 - hardwired zone and PGM output expansion module. Up to 2 units.
• ELAN3-ALARM - Ethernet communicator. 1 unit supported.

The terminals of RS485 interface are Y (yellow wire) and G (green wire) terminals, which are data bus. The devices, connected to RS485
interface, must be powered from the AUX+ and AUX- terminals or by an external power supply.

For more details on RS485 device wiring, please refer to 3.2.7. RS485.

For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at

www.eldesalarms.com

32.1.1. EKB2 - LCD Keypad

Main features:
• Alarm system arming and disarming (see 12.3. EKB2 Keypad and User/Master Code).
• Arming and disarming in Stay mode (see 15. STAY MODE).
• System parameter configuration (see 5. CONFIGURATION METHODS).
• PGM output control (see 18.4. Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF).
• System information display (see 32.1.1.1. Icons and Messages).
• Audio indication by built-in buzzer.
• Wireless device information display (see 19.2. Wireless Device Information and Signal Status Monitoring).
• Temperature display (see 32.1.1.1. Icons and Messages).
• Time display (see 32.1.1.1. Icons and Messages).

For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at

www.eldesalarms.com

158 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

32.1.1.1. Icons and Messages

Icon / Message Description

45
Partition is armed and Temperature
(by default - disabled) menu is locked Custom keypad
partition title
Partition is disarmed and
menu is unlocked Digital clock
(by default - disabled)
Configuration mode ac- 20,2 C 00:45
GSM signal
0

tivated GARAGE
strength
KITCHEN System sta-
Zone or tamper alarm in BEDROOM tus and alarm
partition CORRIDOR
indication
Partition is ready to be
armed. Bypassed
Partition is not ready violated zone
to be armed – one or System (-s)
more zones / tampers fault (-s) is
violated. present
System
One or more system STAY-armed
faults present
Home screen
One or more violated
view Fire-type
zones bypassed
zone violated
One or more partitions
STAY-armed
One or more Fire-type
zones violated
Alarms in alarm log
present
SERVICE MODE Service mode activated

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 159

32.1.1.2. Master and User Menu Tree

HOME SCREEN VIEW

P2 OK

user or master code uumm master code

mmmm

part-name... part-name ARM/DIS PARTITION

ARM ALL part-name... part-name

DISARM ALL ARM ALL

DISARM ALL
user code uuuu BYPASS

ARM/DIS PARTITION BYP VIOLATED ZONES

part-name... part-name
Z1-zone-name...
BYPASS LIST 1-5 Z144-zone-name
ARM ALL
UNBYPASS | BYPASS
DISARM ALL

BYPASS

BYP VIOLATED ZONES

VIOLATED ZONES Z1-zone-name... Z144-zone-name
Z1-zone-name...
Z144-zone-name BYPASS LIST 1-5 tamp-name... tamp-name
VIOLATED TAMPERS

UNBYPASS | BYPASS
PGM OUTPUTS

out-name ON | OFF
out-name EWM1
Z1-zone-name... Z144-zone-
name STATUS ON | OFF
VIOLATED ZONES
REAL TIME ENERGY
tamp-name... tamp-name VIOLATED TAMPERS JANUARY | FEBRUARY | MARCH
TODAY ENERGY APRIL | MAY | JUNE | JULY | AU-
BATTERY DEAD/MISS | BATTERY FAULTS GUST | SEPTEMBER | OCTOBER
FAILED | SIREN FAILED | GSM CON-
NECT FAILED | GSM ANTENNA MONTHLY ENERGY NOVEMBER | DECEMBER
FAILED | VIOLATED TAMPER | MAIN
POWER LOSS | DATE/TIME NOT SET | FAULTS OVERVOLTAGE | UNDERVOLTAGE | OVER-
LOW BATTERY | WLESS SIGNAL LOST
CURRENT | RELAY FAULT | TEMP. FAULT
| KEYPAD LOST | CO LEVEL CRITICAL |
EWM1 FAULT | WLESS BATT LOW | RF
JAMMER DETECTED Continued on next RESET COUNTER YES | NO
page

160 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 Continued from

mmmm
uuuu
yyyy-mm-dd hh-mn DATE/TIME SETTINGS
previous page FAULTS BATTERY DEAD/MISS | BATTERY FAILED
| SIREN FAILED | GSM CONNECT FAILED |
1. tm.p C (PRIM) | (SEC)... 8. tm.p C TEMP SENSORS INFO GSM ANTENNA FAILED | VIOLATED
TAMPER | MAIN POWER LOSS | DATE/
TIME NOT SET | LOW BATTERY | WLESS
ALARM LOG SIGNAL LOST | KEYPAD LOST | CO LEVEL
CRITICAL | EWM1 FAULT | WLESS BATT
LOW | RF JAMMER DETECTED

DATE/TIME SETTINGS yyyy-mm-dd hh-mn

TEMP SENSORS INFO 1. tm.p C (PRIM) | (SEC)... 8. tm.p C

VIEW EVENT LOG

CODES

codes
MASTER CODE

CODE [0000... 9999]

PARTITION pv partition value

USER CODE (2-17)

CODE [0000... 9999]

PARTITION pv

USER CODE (18-30)

CODE [0000... 9999]

PARTITION pv

DURESS CODE N/A | USER CODE

2... 10

SGS CODE N/A | USER CODE 2... 10

REMOVE CODE [0000... 9999]

ALARM LOG

CONFIGURATION iiii installer code

see 32.1.1.3. Installer Menu Tree

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 161

32.1.1.3. Installer Menu Tree

HOME SCREEN VIEW

OK

installer code iiii

PRIMARY SETTINGS

GSM USER 1... 10 USERS CALL/SMS SETTINGS

PHONE NUMBER

ttteeellnnuumm 15 digits

PARTITION

pv partition value

CALL IN CASE ALARM

DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10

ZONES

CTRL FROM ANY NUM ONBOARD ZONES

[0000... 9999] INSTALLER CODE zone-name

[0000... 9999] MASTER CODE NAME

[0001... 9999] SMS PASSWORD STATUS DISABLE | ENABLE

INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-

yyyy-mm-dd hh-mn DATE/TIME SETTINGS TYPE HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO
SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT
PERIODIC INFO
ENTRY DELAY [1... 65535] seconds

days [0... 99] FREQUENCY (DAYS)

STAY DISABLE | ENABLE

hour [0... 23] TIME

TAMPER NAME
DISABLE / ENABLE EVENT LOG
PARTITION pv partition value

TEMP SENSORS
FORCE DISABLE | ENABLE

TEMPERATURE SENS 1... 8 KEYPAD ZONES

°C [-55... 125] TEMP. MIN 1ST... 4TH KEYPAD ZONE

NAME
°C [-55... 125] TEMP. MAX
STATUS DISABLE | ENABLE
NAME
TYPE INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-
PRIMARY TEMP SENS HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO
SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT

SECOND. TEMP SENS ENTRY DELAY [1... 65535] seconds

EXIT DELAY STAY DISABLE | ENABLE

seconds [0... 600] PARTITION 1... 4 TAMPER NAME

SIREN SETTINGS PARTITION pv partition value

Continued on next page

minutes [1... 10] ALARM DURATION FORCE DISABLE | ENABLE

162 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 PRIMARY SETTINGS
Continued from
DISABLE | ENABLE BELL SQUAWK previous page

SIREN SETTINGS
DISABLE | ENABLE BELL SQUAWK STAY

ZONES
EPGM1 ZONES 1-8... 25-32
DISABLE | ENABLE SRN IF WLESS LOSS

iiii
1... 8. EPGM1 ZONE 17... 48
DISABLE | ENABLE EWS2 LED
NAME
DISABLE | ENABLE EWS3 FIRE LED
STATUS DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE EWS3 ALARM LED INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-

TYPE HOUR | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO
SENSOR | REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT
DISABLE | ENABLE EWF1 SIREN INTERC.
ENTRY DELAY [1... 65535] seconds
MAIN POWER STATUS
STAY DISABLE | ENABLE
seconds [0... 65535] LOSS DELAY
TAMPER NAME
seconds [0... 65535] RESTORE DELAY
PARTITION pv partition value
KEYPAD PARTITION
FORCE DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE PARTITION SWITCH

KEYPAD PARTITION
ATZ MODE DISABLE | ENABLE

ARM/DISARM BY ZONE ZONE 1... 4 0 | [1... 16] 0:OFF or 1-16

PARTITION 1... 4 [1] EKB2 | NOT USED...

[4] EKB2 | NOT USED CHIME DISABLE | ENABLE

PARTITION 1... 2 [1] EKB3 | NOT USED...

WIRELESS ZONES
[4] EKB3 | NOT USED

EKB3W PARTITION
WIRELESS ZONES 1... 8
PARTITION 1... 2 EKB3W wless-id | NOT USED
zone-name
GSM AUDIO
NAME
[0... 15] MICROPHONE GAIN
STATUS DISABLE | ENABLE
[0... 100] SPEAKER LEVEL INTERIOR FOLLOWER | INSTANT | 24-HOUR
TYPE | DELAY | FIRE | PANIC/SILENT | CO SENSOR |
REPORT/CTRL | INSTANT SILENT

ENTRY DELAY [1... 65535] seconds

wless-dev wless-id WIRELESS DEVICES 1... 2 STAY DISABLE | ENABLE

TAMPER NAME
FW RELEASE ERROR RATE SIGNAL BATTERY
PARTITION pv partition value

IBUTTON KEYS FORCE DISABLE | ENABLE

NEW IBUTTON

IBUTTON 1... 16

REMOVE PARTITION ID

partition value pv

Continued on next page

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 163

 iiii
GPRS SETTINGS MS SETTINGS

ACCOUNT [0000... 9999]

[0.0.0.0] DNS1
DELAY LAST ATTEMPT [0... 65535]
[0.0.0.0] DNS2
MS MODE DISABLE | ENABLE
[1... 65535] LOCAL PORT

APN DATA MESSAGES 1

BURGLR ALM/REST EV DISABLE | ENABLE

MAIN POWER L/R EV DISABLE | ENABLE

ARM/DISARM EVENT DISABLE | ENABLE

TEST EVENT DISABLE | ENABLE

BATTERY FAILED DISABLE | ENABLE

BATTERY DEAD/MISS DISABLE | ENABLE

TAMPER ALM/REST EV DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS MESSAGES 1 INST SILENT EV DISABLE | ENABLE

SYS ARMED EVENT SYSTEM STARTED EV DISABLE | ENABLE

24H ALM/REST EVENT DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS REPORT SMS TO ALL GSM USER 1... 10
FIRE ALM/REST EV DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE DISABLE | ENABLE DISABLE | ENABLE
LOW BATTERY EVENT DISABLE | ENABLE
SYS DISARMED EVENT
TEMP HIGH EVENT DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS REPORT SMS TO ALL GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE

TEMP LOW EVENT
DISABLE | ENABLE DISABLE | ENABLE DISABLE | ENABLE
WLESS SIGN L/R EV DISABLE | ENABLE

GENERAL ALARM EV
DATA MESSAGES 2
DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10
DISARM DURESS EV DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL ARM/DARM SGS EVENT DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT ARM PARTIAL EV DISABLE | ENABLE

SIREN FAIL/REST EV DISABLE | ENABLE

MAIN POWER L/R EV
RF JAMMER DETECTED DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10
DATE/TIME NOT SET DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE

GSM CONNECT FAILED

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT GSM ANT FAIL/REST DISABLE | ENABLE

SYSTEM SHUTDOWN EV DISABLE | ENABLE

BATTERY FAILED
COMM BUS FAIL/RST DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10
GPRS CONNECT FAIL DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL ZONE BYPASS EV DISABLE | ENABLE

CO SENS LFTIME EXC DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT
CO LEVEL CRITICAL DISABLE | ENABLE
Continued on next page
REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE

164 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 SMS MESSAGES 1
BATTERY DEAD/MISS DATA MESSAGES 3

MS SETTINGS
iiii
DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10 ARM/DARM EV DISABLE | ENABLE

CFG VIA REMOTE EV DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL
PA/SIL ALM/REST EV DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT

LOW BATTERY EVENT VOICE CALLS/SMS ST

ATTEMPTS [1... 10]

DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10
TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 ttteeellnnuumm 15 digits
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL
PSTN SETTINGS
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT
ATTEMPTS [1... 10]

RF JAMMER DETECTED
TEL. NUMBER 1... 3 ttteeellnnuumm 15 digits

DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10

CSD SETTINGS
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL [1... 10]
ATTEMPTS

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT TEL NUMBER 1... 5 ttteeellnnuumm 15 digits

SIREN FAIL/REST EV IP SETTINGS

DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10 PARAL.DS.MODE DISABLE | ENABLE

SERVER IP... SERVER2... 3 IP

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL
ACCOUNT
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT
UNIT ID
DATE/TIME NOT SET [0.0.0.0] IP address
SERVER IP

DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10 SERVER PORT

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL PROTOCOL TCP | UDP

IP ATTEMPTS [0... 255]

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT
TEST PERIOD [0... 65535] seconds
GSM CONNECT FAILED

DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10 PRIMARY CONNECTION

GPRS IP1... 3 | VOICE CALLS | CSD | PSTN

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL | SMS | ELAN3-ALARM IP1... 3 | N/A

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT BACKUP CONNECTION 1... 5

GSM ANT FAIL/REST GPRS IP1... 3 | VOICE CALLS | CSD | PSTN

| SMS | ELAN3-ALARM IP1... 3 | N/A
DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10
USING EPGM8 DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL
SERVICE MODE DISABLE | ENABLE
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT
CLEAR TAMPER FAULT
TAMPER ALARM
RESET TO DEFAULT
DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10
uumm user or master code
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL
Continued on next page
DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 165

 SMS MESSAGES 1
COMM BUS FAIL/RST SMS MESSAGES 2

iiii
DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10
PERIOD INFO SMS EV

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL

GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT

SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE

TEMP INFO EVENT SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10 WLESS SIGN LOSS EV

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE

SYSTEM STARTED EV

DISABLE | ENABLE GSM USER 1... 10 FAIL TO ARM SMS

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS TO ALL GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE

DISABLE | ENABLE SMS REPORT SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE

ZONE BYPASS EV

GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE

CO LEVEL CRITICAL

GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE

REPORT

GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE

WRLESS FAIL 20MIN.

GSM USER 1... 10 DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS TO ALL DISABLE | ENABLE

SMS REPORT DISABLE | ENABLE

166 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

32.1.2. EKB3 - LED Keypad

Main features:
• Alarm system arming and disarming (see 12.4. EKB3 Keypad and User/Master Code).
• Arming and disarming in Stay mode (see 15. STAY MODE).
• System parameter configuration (see 5. CONFIGURATION METHODS).
• PGM output control (see 18.4. Turning PGM Outputs ON and OFF).
• Visual indication by LED indicators (see 32.1.2.1. LED Functionality).
• Audio indication by built-in buzzer.
• Keypad partition switch (see 23.3. Keypad Partition and Keypad Partition Switch).
For more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the latest user manual of the device located at
www.eldesalarms.com
32.1.2.1. LED Functionality
INDICATION DESCRIPTION
Steady ON System armed / exit delay in progress
(red) Flashing Configuration mode activated

Steady ON System is ready – no violated zones and/or violated tampers exist

(green)
Steady ON System faults exist
(orange) Flashing Violated high-numbered zone

Steady ON Violated zone bypassed

(orange)
1-12
Steady ON Zone violated / configuration command being typed in
(red)
32.1.2.2. Keys Functionality
DESCRIPTION 46 FRONT SIDE
1st character for STAY-arming

1st character for violated zone bypass and bypassed

zone activation 1 2 3
1st character for Configuration mode activation or 4 5 6
deactivation
1st character for system fault list indication / 1st 7 8 9
character for violated high-numbered zone indication /
1st character for violated tamper indication * 0 #
0 9 Command typing
Keypad partition switch

1 4
LED indication
Steady ON: partition armed
Flashing: partition violated
0 Simultaneous 4-partition arming

* Clear typed in characters

Typed in command confirmation

32.2. 1-Wire Interface

1-Wire interface is used for the system to communicate with an iButton key reader and up to 8 temperature sensors. 1-Wire interface COM
and DATA terminals are ground and data respectively. When connecting single or multiple temperature sensors, the +5V terminal must be
used along.

For more details on 1-Wire device wiring, please refer to 2.3.4. iButton Key Reader and Buzzer and 2.3.5. Temperature Sensor and
iButton Key Reader.

32.3. Modules Interface

The system might be equipped with modules interface slots thus enabling to use one of the following devices at a time:
• EPGM8 - hardwired PGM output expansion module (for more details on technical specifications and installation, please refer to the
latest user manual of the device located at www.eldesalarms.com)
• EA1 - audio output module (see 32.2.1. EA1 - Audio Output Module)
• EA2 - audio output module with amplifier (see 32.2.2. EA2 - Audio Output Module with Amplifier)

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 167

32.3.1. EA1 – Audio Output Module

EA1 audio output module enables a duplex audio connection for ESIM384 alarm system.

Main features:

• Two-way voice conversation during a phone call;

• Possibility to connect headphones or desktop speakers.

32.3.1.1. Technical Specifications

• 3,5 mm female jack

• Dimensions: 35x33x12mm (1.38x1.30x0.47in)

32.3.1.2. Installation

1. Disconnect ESIM384 alarm system main power supply and backup battery.
2. Insert EA1 pins into appropriate ESIM384 alarm system slots.
NE TW

47
S TA T

SIM CARD1
C1
C2
C3
C4

OPEN

W-LESS ANT GSM/GPRS ANT

SIM CARD2
C 4C 3

OPEN

MODEM
GSM

DEF
FUSE F1

PRG
2A

EA1
USB
ESIM384
MODULES
TIP RING

AK U +
AK U -
MIC
Z1
CO M
Z2
Z3
CO M
Z4
Z5
CO M
Z6
Z7
CO M
Z8
CO M
DAT A
+5V
BU Z -
BU Z +
C1
C2
Y
G
BELL-
BELL+
AUX-
AUX+
AC /DC
AC /DC

3. Connect headphones or desktop speakers to EA1 3,5 mm female jack.

48

EA1

4. Power up ESIM384 alarm system.

5. EA1 is ready for use with ESIM384 alarm system.

168 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

32.3.2. EA2 – Audio Output Module with Amplifier

EA2 audio output module enables a duplex audio connection for ESIM384 alarm system.

Main features:

• Two-way voice conversation during a phone call;

• Possibility to connect a speaker.

32.3.2.1. Technical Specifications

• 1W 8Ω audio amplifier

• Dimensions: 41x40x24mm (1.61x1.57x0.95in)

32.3.2.2. Installation

1. Disconnect ESIM384 alarm system main power supply and backup battery.
2. Insert EA2 pins into appropriate ESIM384 alarm system slots.
NE TW

49
S TA T

SIM CARD1
C1
C2
C3
C4

OPEN

W-LESS ANT GSM/GPRS ANT

SIM CARD2
C 4C 3

OPEN

MODEM
GSM

DEF

FUSE F1
PRG
2A

USB
ESIM384
MODULES

EA2
TIP RING

AK U +
AK U -
MIC
Z1
CO M
Z2
Z3
CO M
Z4
Z5
CO M
Z6
Z7
CO M
Z8
CO M
DAT A
+5V
BU Z -
BU Z +
C1
C2
Y
G
BELL-
BELL+
AUX-
AUX+
AC /DC
AC /DC

3. Connect a speaker to EA2 Speaker terminals.

50

EA2

4. Power up ESIM384 alarm system.

5. EA2 is ready for use with ESIM384 alarm system.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 169

33. SERVICE MODE
The system comes equipped with Service mode allowing to carry out system maintenance tasks, such as detection device replacement,
tamper switch installation, wireless device battery replacement without causing zone or tamper alarm when Service mode is activated. To
activate/deactivate Service mode, please refer to the following configuration methods:

SMS text message content:

Activate Service SMS ssss_SERVICEMODE:ON
mode Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_SERVICEMODE:ON

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → SERVICE MODE → OK → ENABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 67 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 67 1 #
EWKB4 Example: 671#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

SMS text message content:

Deactivate Service SMS ssss_SERVICEMODE:OFF
mode Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_SERVICEMODE:OFF

Menu path:
EKB2 OK → iiii → OK → SERVICE MODE → OK → DISABLE → OK
Value: iiii – 4-digit installer code.

EKB3/ Enter parameter 67 and parameter status value:

EKB3W/ 67 0 #
EWKB4 Example: 670#

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

NOTE: Alternatively, the Service mode automatically deactivates when 1-hour timeout period expires or after arming the system.

34. REMOTE SYSTEM RESTART

In some critical situations, a system restart may be required. To remotely carry out system restart, please refer to the following configura-
tion method.

SMS text message content:

SMS ssss_RESET
Restart the system
Value: ssss – 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_RESET

170 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

35. ELDES CLOUD SERVICES
ELDES Cloud Services is a cloud-based platform providing a user-friendly graphical interface intended for system status monitoring and
control:
• Arm/disarm the system
• View system faults and alerts
• Monitoring temperature, GSM signal strength and backup battery level (these last two features are available for Administrator only).
• Control electrical appliance connected to the PGM outputs
The connection with the platform can be established via GPRS network and can be ac­cessed via smartphone application Eldes Security,
developed for Android and iOS-based devices (iPhone, iPad).
In order to start using ELDES Cloud Services, please enable it using the following configuration methods.

SMS text message content:

Enable ELDES Cloud SMS ssss_SMART:ON
Services Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_SMART:ON

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

To begin using new Eldes Security app, you will have to visit Google Play store (Android) or App Store (iOS) and download the application (or
update it to the latest version!), install the application on your smartphone, launch the app (open it) and sign in or create your new personal
account. Then log in to your ELDES Cloud Services account and add a device by following the step-by-step instructions provided on our
website www.eldesalarms.com When adding the device to your account, you will be prompted for ELDES Cloud Services ID, which can be
obtained using Eldes Utility software or by sending the following SMS text message to the system’s phone number.

SMS text message content:

Request for ELDES SMS ssss_SMART_ID
Cloud Services ID Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_SMART_ID

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

To disable ELDES Cloud Services, please refer to the following configuration methods.

SMS text message content:

Disable ELDES Cloud SMS ssss_SMART:OFF
Services Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_SMART:OFF

Eldes
This operation may be carried out from the PC using the Eldes Utility.
Utility

ATTENTION: In case you DO NOT wish to use ELDES Cloud Services and your device is not associated with any ELDES Cloud Services
account, please DO NOT leave ELDES Cloud Services enabled. Otherwise additional charges may apply for data traffic based on your
cell phone service plan.

NOTE: Additional charges may apply for data traffic based on your cell phone service plan when using ELDES Cloud Services platform.

NOTE: ELDES Cloud Services platform will remain operational even when using Automatic or Manual dual-SIM modes.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 171

36. TECHNICAL SUPPORT
36.1. Troubleshooting

Indication Possible reason

Indicator STAT is off · No mains power
· Wiring done improperly
· Blown fuse
Indicator NETW is off or flashing · Missing SIM card
· PIN code is enabled
· SIM card is inactive
· Disconnected antenna
· GSM network signal too weak
· GSM network unavailable
· Microcontroller is not started due to electrical mains noise or static discharge
System does not send any SMS text messages · SIM card credit balance depleted
and/or does not ring · Incorrect SMS centre phone number
· No GSM network signal
· User number is not added (or control from any phone number is disabled)
· SIM card changed before disconnecting main power supply or backup battery
Received SMS text message “Wrong syntax” · Incorrect SMS text message structure
· Extra space character might be typed in SMS text message
Missing temperature indication in Info SMS text · Temperature sensor not connected
message/EKB2 keypad · Temperature sensor broken
· Connection wires too long
24H and/or Fire zones do not work · Specified zone must be enabled by SMS, ELDES Configuration, EKB2, EKB3 or EK-
B3W/EWKB4
No sound during remote listening · Microphone not connected
· Improper microphone connection

For product warranty repair service please , contact your local retail store where this product was purchased.
If your problem could not be fixed by the self-guide above, please contact your local distributor. More up to date information about your device
and other products can be found at the manufacturer’s website www.eldesalarms.com

36.2. Restoring Default Parameters

1. Disconnect the power supply and backup battery.

2. Short circuit (connect) DEF pins.
3. Power up the device for 7 seconds.
4. Power down the device.
5. Remove short circuit from DEF pins.
6. Parameters restored to default.

36.3. Updating the Firmware via USB Cable Locally

1. Disconnect the power supply and backup battery.

2. Short circuit (connect) DEF pins.
3. Connect the device via USB cable to the PC.
4. Power up the device.
5. The new window must pop-up where you will find the .bin file. Otherwise open My Computer and look for Boot Disk drive.
6. Delete the .bin file found in the drive.
7. Copy the new firmware .bin file to the very same window.
8. Power down the device.
9. Unplug USB cable.
10. Remove short circuit from DEF pins.
11. Power up the device.
12. Firmware updated.

172 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

36.4. Updating Firmware via GPRS Connection Remotely

ATTENTION: The system will NOT transmit any data to monitoring station while updating the firmware remotely via GPRS network. All
data messages will be lost and will NOT be transmitted to the monitoring station after the firmware upgrade process is over.

Before updating the firmware remotely via GPRS connection, make sure that:
• SIM card is inserted into SIM CARD1 slot of ESIM384 device (see 2.2. Main Unit, LED and Connector Functionality).
• Mobile internet service (GPRS) is enabled on the SIM card.
• Power supply is connected to ESIM384.
• Default SMS password is changed to a new 4-digit password (see 6. SMS PASSWORD AND INSTALLER CODE).
• At least User 1 phone number is set up (see 8. USER PHONE NUMBERS).
• APN, user name and password are set up (see 30.2.1. GPRS Network and ELAN3-ALARM).

ESIM384 alarm system supports FOTA (firmware-over-the-air) feature. This allows to upgrade the firm-
ware remotely via GPRS connection. Once the upgrade process is initiated, the system connects to the
Initiate FOTA
specified FTP server address where the firmware file is hosted and begins downloading and re-flashing
the firmware. The firmware file must be located in a folder titled firmware (folder’s title MUST be written
in non-capital letters). In order to initiate the upgrade process, please send the following SMS message.

SMS text message content:

SMS ssss_FOTA
Value: ssss - 4-digit SMS password.
Example: 1111_FOTA

Notice that latest firmware file can be obtained from www.eldesalarms.com

ATTENTION: Firmware filename MUST be renamed in lowercase format before using it.

ATTENTION: Comma and underscore character is NOT allowed to use in user name, password and firmware file name.

36.5. Frequently Asked Questions

Question Answer
Yes, ESIM384 device can fully operate without any SIM card inserted. In this case
1. Can ESIM384 operate as standalone device without SIM
you will not be able to configure and control the device by SMS and calls nor to
card inserted?
receive any SMS reports and calls.
Due to security reasons it is recommended to restore the violated zone (-s)
2. I am unable to arm the alarm system when one of the before arming the alarm system. However, you can enable a Force attribute or
zones (some zones) is violated. Is there a way to arm the use the Bypass feature in order to arm the alarm system despite the violated
alarm system while the zone is violated? zone (-s) being present. Please, refer to 14.5. Zone Type Definitions and
14.7. Bypassing and Activating Zones.
3. When ESIM384 fully powers down my configuration be- This might have happened due to the jumper left on DEF pins or it is a hard-
comes lost and I have to re-configure the device again. ware failure. Please, remove the jumper if it is present on DEF pins or contact
What’s wrong? your supplier for warranty service.
If the smoke detector is connected to one of the ESIM384 PGM outputs
4. I have a smoke detector connected to ESIM384 system. you can reset it by turning the PGM output OFF and then back ON. This
How do I reset the smoke detector when the “Fire” zone can be performed by SMS, EKB2 keypad, EKB3 keypad, EKB3W/EWKB4 key-
is violated? pad and Eldes Utility. Please, refer to 18.4. Turning PGM Outputs ON and
OFF.
5. What happens if I switch backup battery pole terminals Switching backup battery pole terminals places is forbidden. Otherwise this
places? will lead to blown fuse and ESIM384 alarm system will have to be repaired.
The SMS reports on tamper violation can be disabled by EKB2, EKB3, EKB3W/
6. How do I disable SMS reports and calls in case of tamper EWKB4 keypads or Eldes Utility. For more details, please refer to 16. TAM-
violation when alarm system is disarmed? PERS or to the software’s HELP section. However, due to security reasons it is
not recommended to disable this feature.
7. Is any additional configuration necessary when con-
No additional configuration is required in order to make EPGM1 module oper-
necting EPGM1 module after wiring is done according to
ational.
EPGM1 user manual?
No, the number of EPGM1 zones does not duplicate in ATZ mode as EPGM1
8. Does the number of EPGM1 zones duplicate when ATZ
module does not support ATZ mode. Only ESIM384 on-board zones duplicate
mode is activated in the system?
in ATZ mode.
9. I connect the wired siren to ESIM384 and I hear a silent
sound alarm even when the alarm system is disarmed. Please, connect the resistor of 3,3 kΩ nominal to the BELL- / BELL+ contacts
In case of alarm system alarm the siren provides a loud This should solve the problem.
sound alarm as it should. Why?

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 173

Question Answer
10. The buzzer remains active when I disarm the alarm sys- The buzzer is intended for iButton indication only and it is not related to dis-
tem using the keypad. Why? arming process by keypad.
This happens due to wireless connection loss. There might be several reasons:
1. ELDES wireless device is installed too close or too far from ESIM384
11. One of wireless devices connected to ESIM384 system
system.
sends a tamper alarm from time to time, although no
2. Interference of other electronic equipment.
tamper was violated. Why?
3. Physical interference (building walls, floors etc.)
4. Metal material interference.
This happens due to incorrect resistor connection. Please, refer to corre-
12. I have connected a wired magnetic door sensor, but I re-
sponding connection circuit according to the selected zone connection type
ceive tamper alarm instead of zone alarm. What’s wrong?
(Type 1 – 5). See 2.3.2 Zone Connection Types for more details.
By default, this notification is enabled. The system checks the backup battery
13. I disconnected the backup battery, but did not receive resistance once a day and sends an SMS report to User 1 on backup battery
any SMS report on this event. How do I enable SMS re- replacement if more than 2Ω resistance is detected. For more details, please
port on backup battery disconnection? refer to 21. BACKUP BATTERY, Mains power STATUS MONITORING AND
MEMORY.
According to GSM standards 1 SMS text message may consist of up to 160
14. I have set zone names and/or PGM output names con- Latin alphabet/English characters maximum. If the message contains at
taining some Cyrillic and/or non-English characters. least one non-latin/non-English character, the length of SMS message be-
The zone names and PGM output names do not fully fit comes at least half shorter, since those characters occupy more size of the
in the SMS message. What‘s wrong? SMS text message than the Latin ones. It is recommended not to use any
non-Latin/ non-English characters in zone names and PGM output names.
Microsoft .NET Framework v3.5 is not installed in Windows system. Please,
download this package from official Microsoft website free of charge and in-
15. I am unable to run Eldes Utility - I receive error messages
stall it to your Windows system. Also, if you are using our new Configuration
in Windows. Why?
software, you need to check the Open GL version that is used on your PC.
The Open GL version must be v2.0 or higher.
16. Info SMS report comes with wrong date and time. How Please, set the correct system date and time using either Eldes Utility, EKB2,
do I correct it? EKB3, EKB3W/EWKB4 or SMS text message.
It appears that the device is unable to establish a communication with con-
figuration / FTP server. Please, check the GPRS settings in ESIM384
17. I receive an error message when attempting to config- configuration (APN, user name, password), the location of the firmware file
ure the device or update the firmware remotely. What’s (must be located in the FTP server folder titled Firmware) and the mobile
wrong? internet feature presence on the SIM card used with ESIM384. If this does
not solve the problem, please contact your GSM operator (and ISP - for re-
mote configuration problems) in order to request a list of blocked TCP ports.
18. I waited for at least 5 minutes, but did not receive any 1. Send the ssss_endconfig SMS text message.
SMS message confirming that remote configuration via 2. In ELDES Configuration software press Disconnect button and repeat the
GPRS connection has stopped. What‘s wrong? procedure as described in 5.4.1. Remote Connection.
19. The SMS password is changed and I have User 1 phone
Most likely you have wrong character encoding set up in your SMS text mes-
number added. However, whenever I send a text mes­
saging settings on your smart-phone. Please, ensure that you have GSM
sage, such as ssss INFO the system always replies with
Alphabet selected, NOT Unicode or any other type of character encoding.
„Wrong password“. What‘s wrong?

174 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

37. RELATED PRODUCTS

EKB2 - LCD keypad EKB3 - LED keypad

ME1 - metal cabinet EPGM1 - hardwired zone and PGM output expansion module

EPGM8 - hardwired PGM output expansion module DS1990A-F5 - iButton key

ED1T - plastic enclosure with iButton key reader

DS18S20 - temperature sensor and temperature sensor

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 175

 EWF1 - wireless smoke detector
EWS2 - wireless external siren EWF1CO – wireless smoke and CO detector

EWK2 - wireless keyfob

EKB3W/EWKB4 – wireless LED keypad

EWD2 - wireless door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor EWS3 - wireless indoor siren

EWR2 - wireless signal repeater EWD3 - wireless door contact/shock sensor/flood sensor

176 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 EW2 - wireless zone and PGM output expansion module EWK2A - wireless keyfob

EWP2/EWP3 - wireless motion detector Vinson DS18B20 - digital thermometer

with 3m (9.84ft) wire

ESR100 - digital receiver

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 177

38. GLOSSARY – APPENDIX 1

TERM DESCRIPTION

AC Alternating current is an electric current that reverses its direction of flow at regular intervals.

Actuator A mechanism of the switch or switch enclosure that operates the contacts.

Alarm Log Contains information about alarms that are currently active on the system or information about
alarms that have been raised and then resolved on the system. This log can be useful in analyzing
problems and trends in the system.

Ampere (A) The electrical rate of flow in a circuit.

Arming/Disarming A process of enabling/disabling system's security.

Backup battery The secondary power source of the system. In case of a main power failure, the backup battery will
take over.

Bell squawk If enabled, the siren/bell indicates the completed system arming and disarming process (except the
arming in STAY mode). After the system is successfully armed, the siren/bell will emit 2 short beeps
and 1 long beep after the system is disarmed. By default, the parameter is disabled.

Bypass/Activate Zone Zone bypassing allows the user to deactivate a violated zone and arm the system without restoring
the zone. If a bypassed zone is violated or restored during exit/entry delay, or when then system is
armed, it will be ignored. The zone will remain bypassed until the system is disarmed. Zones can only
be bypassed and activated when the system is not armed.

Circuit A complete path, or closed loop, that electricity requires to flow and do work.

Confirmation timeout Specifies the time in which a cross zone must be violated that the system could confirm alarm on
the associated zone.

Current An electrical rate of flow, measured in amperes.

DC Direct current is an electric current that flows in one direction.

Diagnostic Tool When using Eldes Utility, you may use an additional section of functions, that allows to monitor re-
al-time zones, view changes of peripheral devices, instantly configure necessary options, for exam-
ple, enabling/disabling PGM outputs, etc.

Eldes Cloud Services A cloud-based platform providing a user-friendly graphical interface intended for system status
monitoring and control.

Entry Delay Once the exit delay has expired, the system initiates the entry delay countdown if a Delay type zone
is violated. The countdown is indicated by short beeps emitted by keypad buzzer and by steady beep
emitted by system's buzzer. The indication is intended to advise the user that the system should be
disarmed. When the user presses/touches any key on the keypad during this delay, the buzzer of
the keypad will be silenced. If the system is disarmed before the entry delay expires, no alarm will be
caused. Default value is 15 seconds.

Event Log A list of system events that is uploaded from the device‘s memory to the configuration software for
further analysis. The system logs all information about system configuration, system actions and
info messages. By default, the parameter is enabled. The event log is of FIFO (first in, first out) type
that allows the system to automatically replace the oldest records with the latest ones.

Exit Delay A period of time intended for user to leave the secured area. The system begins the countdown
after the arming process initiation.

Fault A specific problem or error that prevents the system from working properly. The system comes
equipped with self-diagnostic feature allowing to indicate the presence of any system fault by the
keypad as well as by SMS text message notification to the listed user phone number.

Fuse An element or a protective mechanism, that is destroyed when excessive current flows through a
circuit, thereby protecting the circuit.

iButton key A unique 64-bit ID code containing chip enclosed in a stainless steel tab usually implemented in a
small plastic holder. ESIM384 system supports up to 16 iButton keys each holding a unique identity
code (ID), which is used for system arming and disarming.

Input The voltage, current, or power applied to an electrical circuit to produce a desired result.

178 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 TERM DESCRIPTION

Keybus A circuit (usually 4-wire) which provides power and serial data connection between keypads and
other accessories and the alarm panel.

Keyfob A small security hardware device with built-in authentication used for system's security control

LED Stands for "Light emitting diode", defined as a solid-state light source that emits variable light, or
invisible, infrared radiation.

Main Power The main power source of the system.

Master/User Code Allows to carry out system arming/ disarming as well as minor system configuration and control by
the keypad.

MS mode is mode that enables data transmission from the ESIM384 alarm system to the
monitoring station.

Normally closed (NC) is a switch that passes current until actuated.

Normally open (NO) is a switch that must be actuated to pass current.

On-board is some element that is installed and functional within a device (system).

Partition System comes equipped with a partitioning feature that can divide the alarm system into a number
of independently controlled areas identified as Partition 1 through 4, which are all supervised by
one alarm system unit. Partitioning can be used in installations where shared alarm system is more
practical, such as a house and a garage or within a single multi-storey building. When partitioned,
each system element, like zone, user phone number, keypad, user password, iButton key and EWK2
wireless keyfob can be assigned to single or multiple partitions. The user will then be able to arm/
disarm the system partition (-s) that the zones and arm/disarm method, except EKB2 keypad, are
assigned to.

Periodic Test Event Provides the following information on alarm system: date & time, status (armed/disarmed), GSM
signal strength, mains power supply status, temperature value measured by primary and secondary
temperature sensors (if any). The system sends this information to User 1 at the time intervals pro-
grammed into the scheduler.

Peripheral device A peripheral device is defined as a device, such as a keyboard, that is not part of the essential system
i.e., the memory and microprocessor.
These devices are intended to be connected to the system and used.

PGM output A PGM output is a programmable output that toggles to its set up state when a specific event has
occurred in the system, the scheduled weekday and time has come or if the user has initiated the
PGM output state change manually.

Ping period Sets period of time defining how often ESIM384 sends ping data packet to the Cloud Services server.

Protocol A formal specification for communicating; an IP address the special set of rules that end points in a
telecommunication connection use when they communicate. Protocols exist at several levels in a
telecommunication connection.

Relay is an electromagnetic device opted for remote or automatic control that is actuated by variation in
conditions of an electric circuit and that operates in turn other devices (as switches) in the same or
a different circuit.

Scheduler Through the use of the system's built-in clock, it is possible to schedule automatic operations such
as setting and unsetting output state.

Service mode Mode that should be used when it is necessary to re-install some of the peripheral devices (to
change batteries, open/close enclosure and etc.). In this mode, system does not check for tamper
faults so it won't start siren alarm or send specified notifications to monitoring station or by SMS
text messages to users. Service Mode can be enabled only when system is disarmed.

SMS forward System can re-sent all incoming SMS messages to the specified users. It is useful if the GSM operator
of the inserted SIM card sends some useful information (SIM card validation or payment account
status and etc.) or it is necessary to monitor all incoming SMS messages by specified user.

Tamper The tamper circuit is a single closed loop such that a break in the loop at any point will cause a tam-
per alarm regardless of the system status – armed or disarmed.

Transformer A device formed by two or more windings, that are magnetically coupled to each other and provide
a transfer of power electromagnetically from one winding to another.

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 179

TERM DESCRIPTION

Trigger An event which causes another event or action, often initiating a signal generation or
acquisition.

Volt The unit of voltage or electromotive force

Voltage The amount of energy available to move a certain number of electrons from one point to another in
an electric circuit

Wireless device Devices that communicate without connecting wires or other material contacts.

Zone Detection devices such as motion detectors and door contacts are connected to the alarm system’s
zone terminals.

Zone state/status Zone status is a position of a certain zone being enabled or disabled. Meanwhile, zone state points out
the condition of a certain zone, which can either be violated (i.e. In case of alarm) or restored.

39. EKB3/EKB3W/EWKB4 COMMANDS - APPENDIX 2

COMMAND CODE COMMAND EXAMPLE

DEFINITION VALUE

Arm the system in Stay mode uumm uumm – 4-digit user/ 1111
master code.

Bypass individual zone / nn uumm# nn – zone number, range – 091111#

Activate Bypassed zone [01... 144]; uumm – 4-digit
user/master code.

Activate/deactivate iiii # ii ii– 4-digit installer code. 1470#

Configuration mode

Set master code A) A) vvvv – 4-digit existing A) 01111012222#

0 vvvv 01 mmmm # master code; mmmm - 4-digit B) 6311112222#
new master code; range -
B) 63 vvvv mmmm # [0000... 9999].
(only whenConfiguration B) vvvv – 4-digit existing
Mode is activated). master code; mmmm – 4-digit
new master code, range –
[0000... 9999].

Set user code 0 mmmm us uuuuu # mmmm - 4-digit master code; 0111109#
us - user code slot, range -
[02... 30].

Delete user code 0 mmmm us # us - user code slot, range - 3081111#

[02... 10]; mmmm - 4-digit
master code.

Set Duress code 3 us mmmm # us - user code slot, range - 4041111#

[02... 10]; mmmm - 4-digit
master code.

Set user/master User code: 5 us pv mmmm us - user code slot, range 504081111#
code partition # - [02... 30]; pv – partition val-
Master code: 5 01 pv ue, range - [01... 15] ;mmmm
mmmm # - 4-digit master code.

Switch keypad partition Hold the [1]... [4] key and [1]... [4] key – partition num-
(EKB3/ EKB3W/EWKB4) release it after 3 short beeps ber 1... 4 respectively.
(for EKB3 keypad) ; [1]... [2] key – partition num-
Hold the [1]... [2] key and ber 1... 2 respectively.
release it after 3 short beeps
(for EKB3W/EWKB4 keypads)

Arm the system/ Dis- uumm uumm – 4-digit user/ 2222

arm the system and master code.
turn OFF the alarm

180 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 COMMAND CODE COMMAND EXAMPLE
DEFINITION VALUE

ONLY for EKB3! - Arm all 4 par- 0 uumm uumm – 4-digit user/ 0 2222
titions simultaneously/ Disarm master code.
and turn OFF the alarm in all 4
partitions simultaneously

Set Alarm duration 10 tt # tt – alarm duration, range – 1007#

[00... 10] minutes.

Disable Periodic Info SMS 110000# 110000#

Set Periodic Info SMS 11it fff # it – time, range – [01... 23]; 110412#
frequency and time fff – frequency, range –
[00... 125] days

Disable/ Enable system con- 120 #/ 121 # 120 #/ 121 #

trol from any phone number

Set SMS password 14 ssss # ssss – 4-digit new SMS 141111#

password; range –
[0001... 9999].

Set installer code 16 iiii # iiii – 4-digit new installer 162538#

code; range – [0000... 9999]

Add user phone number 17 up ttteeellnnuumm # up – user phone number slot, 17010044170911XXXX1#
range – [01... 10]; ttteeelln-
nuumm – up to 15 digits user
phone number.

Enable/Disable Allow adding 18 0 #/ 18 1 # 18 0 #/ 18 1 #

new iButton keys mode

Clear tamper fault 22 # 22#

Disable/ Enable MS mode 230# / 231# 230# / 231#

Disable/Enable Burglary 24010 #/ 24011 # 24010 #/ 24011 #

alarm/restore data message

Disable/Enable Mains 24020 #/ 24021 #

power loss/restore
data message

Disable/Enable Armed/ 24030 #/ 24031 #

disarmed by user
data message

Disable/Enable Test 24040 #/ 24041 #

event data message

Disable/Enable Battery 24050 #/ 24051 #

failed data message

Disable/Enable Battery dead 24060 #/ 24061 #

or missing/battery connec-
tion restore data message

Disable/Enable Tamper 24070 #/ 24071 #

alarm/restore data message

Disable/Enable Instant 24080 #/ 24081 #

Silent zone alarm/re-
store data message

Disable/Enable Kronos 24090 #/ 24091 #

ping data message

Disable/Enable System 24100 #/ 24101 #

started data message

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 181

COMMAND CODE COMMAND EXAMPLE
DEFINITION VALUE

Disable/Enable 24-Hour zone 24130 #/ 24131 #

alarm/restore data message

Disable/Enable Fire zone 24140 #/ 24141 #

alarm/restore data message

Disable/Enable Low battery 24150 #/ 24151 #

data message

Disable/Enable Tempera- 24160 #/ 24161 #

ture risen data message

Disable/Enable Tempera- 24170 #/ 24171 #

ture fallen data message

Disable/Enable Wire- 24180 #/ 24181 #

less signal loss/restore
data message

Disable/Enable Dis- 24190 #/ 24191 #

armed by user (Duress
code) data message

Disable/Enable SGS code 24200 #/ 24201 #

entered data message

Disable/Enable Armed 24210 #/ 24211 #

by user (partial arm)
data message

Disable/Enable Siren fail/ 24220 #/ 24221 #

restore data message

Disable/Enable RF jammer 24230 #/ 24231 #

detected/RF jamming
stopped data message

Disable/Enable Date/time 24240 #/ 24241 #

not set data message

Disable/Enable GSM connec- 24250 #/ 24251 #

tion failed data message

Disable/Enable GSM/ 24260 #/ 24261 #

GPRS antenna fail/re-
store data message

Disable/Enable System 24270 #/ 24271 #

shutdown data message

Disable/Enable Keypad fail/ 24280 #/ 24281 #

restore data message

Disable/Enable GPRS con- 24290 #/ 24291 #

nection failed data message

Disable/Enable Zone 24310 #/ 24311 #

bypassed/activat-
ed data message

Disable/Enable CO 24320 #/ 24321 #

sensor lifetime exceed-
ed data message

Disable/Enable CO level 24330 #/ 24331 #

critical data message

182 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 COMMAND CODE COMMAND EXAMPLE
DEFINITION VALUE

Disable/Enable Report/ 24340 #/ 24341 #

Control zone triggered/
restored data message

Disable/Enable Armed/ 24350 #/ 24351 #

disarmed in STAY mode
data message

Disable/Enable Configura- 24360 #/ 24361 #

tion via remote connection
started data message

Disable/Enable Panic/ 24370 #/ 24371 #

Silent zone alarm/re-
store data message

Disable/Enable Armed/ 24380 # / 24381 #

disarmed automati-
cally data message

Disable/Enable SMS sending 24390 # / 24391 # 24390 # / 24391 #

limit reached data message

Disable Arm & Dis- System armed event up - user phone number slot, 2502040#
arm Notification User phone number: range - [01... 10].
25 01 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 01 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 01 0 #

System disarmed event

User phone number:
25 02 up 0 # 25 02 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously:
21 02 0 # 21 02 0 #
SMS delivery report:
25 02 0 # 55 02 0 #

Enable Arm & Dis- System armed event up - user phone number slot, 2502061#
arm Notification User phone number: range - [01... 10].
25 01 up 1 #
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 01 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 01 1 #

System disarmed event

User phone number:
25 02 up 1 # 25 02 up 0 #
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously:
21 02 1 # 21 02 0 #
SMS delivery report:
25 021 # 55 0

Disable SMS text mes- User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2503060#
sage in case of alarm 25 03 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 03 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 03 0 #

Enable SMS text mes- User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2503060#
sage in case of alarm 25 03 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 03 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 03 1 #

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 183

COMMAND CODE COMMAND EXAMPLE
DEFINITION VALUE

Disable Main power loss/ User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2504030#
restore notification 25 04 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 04 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 040 #

Enable Main power loss/ User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2504031#
restore notification 2504 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21041 #
SMS delivery report:55041 #

Disable Battery failed User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2505060#
notification 25 05 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 05 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 05 0 #

Enable Battery failed User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2505061#
notification 25 05 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 05 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 05 1 #

Disable Battery dead or User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2506070#
missing notification 25 06 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 06 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 060 #

Enable Battery dead or User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2506071#
missing notification 25 06 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 06 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 06 1 #

Disable Low bat- User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2507030#
tery notification 25 07 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 07 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 07 0 #

Enable Low bat- User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2507031#
tery notification 25 07 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 07 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 07 1 #

Disable siren fail/ re- User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2508030#
store notification 25 08 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 08 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 080 #

Enable siren fail/ re- User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2508041#
store notification 25 08 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 08 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 08 1 #

Disable RF jammer User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2509040#
detected notification 25 09 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 09 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 090 #

184 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 COMMAND CODE COMMAND EXAMPLE
DEFINITION VALUE

Enable RF jammer User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2509051#
detected notification 25 09 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 09 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 09 1 #

Disable Date/time not User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2510080#
set notification 25 10 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 10 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 10 0 #

Enable Date/time not User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2510081#
set notification 25 10 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 10 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 10 1 #

Enable GSM connection User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2511091#
failed notification 25 11 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 11 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 11 1 #

Disable GSM connection User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2511020#
failed notification 25 11 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 11 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 11 0 #

Enable GSM/ GPRS antenna User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2512031#
fail/ restore notification 25 12 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 12 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 12 1 #

Disable GSM/ GPRS antenna User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2512030#
fail/ restore notification 25 12 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 12 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 12 0 #

Disable Tamper alarm User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2513030#
Notification 25 13 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 13 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 13 0 #

Enable Tamper alarm User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2513031#
Notification 25 13 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 13 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 13 1 #

Disable Communication bus User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2514030#
fail/restore notification 25 14 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 14 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 14 0 #

Enable Communication bus User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2514031#
fail/restore notification 25 14 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 14 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 14 1 #

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 185

COMMAND CODE COMMAND EXAMPLE
DEFINITION VALUE

Disable Temperature User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2515030#
info notification 25 15 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 15 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 15 0 #

Enable Temperature User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2515031#
info notification 25 15 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 15 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 15 1 #

Disable System start- User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2516030#
ed notification 25 16 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 16 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 16 0 #

Enable System start- User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2516031#
ed notification 25 16 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 16 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 16 1 #

Disable Periodical User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2517030#
info notification 25 17 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 17 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 17 0 #

Enable Periodical User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2517031#
info notification 25 17 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 17 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 17 1 #

Disable wireless signal User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2518030#
loss/ restore notification 25 18 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 18 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 18 0 #

Enable wireless signal User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2518031#
loss/ restore notification 25 18 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 18 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 18 1 #

Disable Unable to User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2519030#
arm notification 25 19 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 19 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 19 0 #

Enable Unable to User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2519031#
arm notification 25 19 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 19 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 19 1 #

Disable Zone by- User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2520030#
pass notification 25 20 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 20 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 20 0 #

186 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 COMMAND CODE COMMAND EXAMPLE
DEFINITION VALUE

Enable Zone by- User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2520031#
pass notification 25 20 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 20 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 20 1 #

Disable CO level crit- User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2521030#
ical notification 25 21 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 21 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 21 0 #

Enable CO level crit- User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2521031#
ical notification 25 21 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 21 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 21 1 #

Disable EWM1 wireless signal User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2522030#
loss/ restore notification 25 22 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 22 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 22 0 #

Enable EWM1 wireless signal User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2522031#
loss/ restore notification 25 22 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 22 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 22 1 #

Disable Report/Control Zone User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2523030#
triggered notification 25 23 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 23 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 23 0 #

Enable Report/Control Zone User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2523031#
triggered notification 25 23 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 23 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 23 1 #

Disable Incoming SMS User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2524030#
forwarding notification 25 24 up 0 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 24 0 #
SMS delivery report:55 24 0 #

Enable Incoming SMS User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2524091#
forwarding notification 25 24 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 24 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 24 1 #

Disable Wireless communi- User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2525080#
cation failed notification 25 24 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 24 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 24 1 #

Enable Wireless communi- User phone number: up - user phone number slot, 2525011#
cation failed notification 25 25 up 1 # range - [01... 10].
SMS text message to all users
simultaneously: 21 25 1 #
SMS delivery report:55 25 1 #

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 187

COMMAND CODE COMMAND EXAMPLE
DEFINITION VALUE

Set monitoring station 26 ps ttteeellnnuumm # ps – phone number slot, 26010044170911XXXX1#

phone number (for range – [01... 03]; ttteeel-
Voice calls and SMS) lnnuumm – up to 15 digits
monitoring station phone
number.

Set account (for Mon- Main Account: 27 cccc# cccc – 4-digit account 278853#
itoring Station) Server 2 Account: 96 12 cccc# number.
Server 3 Account: 96 13
cccc#

Enable/Disable ATZ mode 281/280 # 281/280 #

Enable/Disable Bell squawk 291# / 290# 291# / 290#

Enable / Disable Call 30 us 1 # us - user phone number slot, 30091#

in case of alarm 30 us 0 # range - [01... 10]. 30090#

Enable / Disable 321# / 320# 321# / 320#

Chime attribute

Enable/Disable EPGM8 mode 33 1# 331#

33 0# 330#

Set Zone for Arm-Dis- 34 z nn # z – on-board zone slot for 34023#

arm by Zone method Arm-Disarm by Zone method;
range - [1... 4]; nn – on-board
zone number,
range – [01... 16].

Disable Arm-Disarm 34 z 00 # z – on-board zone slot for 34200#

by Zone method Arm-Disarm by Zone method;
range - [1... 4].

Disable/ Enable Event Log 360/ 361 # 360/ 361 #

Set attempts (for Voice 37 at # at – number of attempts, 3706#

Calls and SMS) range – [01... 10].

Set server IP address Server 1: 40 add add add add – server IP 40065082119005#
add add add add # address.
Server 2: 96 02
add add add add #
Server 3: 96 03
add add add add #

Set DNS1 server IP address 41 add add add add# add add add add – DNS1 41065082119001#
server IP address.

Set DNS2 server IP address 42 add add add add# add add add add – DNS2 42065082119002#
server IP address.

Set protocol Server 1: 430# - 431#

TCP / 431# - UDP
Server 2: 96060# - TCP /
96061# - UDP
Server 3: 96070# - TCP /
96071# - UDP

Set server port Server 1: 44 pprrt# pprrt – server port number, 443365#
Server 2: 96 04 pprrt# range – [1... 65535].
Server 3: 96 05 pprrt#

Set test period Server 1: 46 tteessttpp# tteessttpp – test period, 46120#

Server 2: 96 10 tteessttpp # range – [0... 65535] seconds.
Server 3: 96 11 tteessttpp #

188 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 COMMAND CODE COMMAND EXAMPLE
DEFINITION VALUE

Set primary connection GPRS network - Server 1 - 484#

480#
Voice calls - 481#
CSD - 482#
PSTN - 483#
SMS - 484#
ELAN3-ALARM - Server
1 - 485#
GPRS network - Server 2 -
486#
GPRS network - Server 3 -
487#
ELAN3-ALARM - Server 2 -
488#
ELAN3-ALARM - Server 3 -
489#

Enable/ Disable 501# / 500# 501 # / 500 #

Interconnection

Set keypad partition EKB3 partition: 51 kk p# kk – EKB3 keypad slot, range 51062#
EKB3W/EWKB4 partition: – [01... 04]; kw – EB3W key-
51 kw r# pad slot, range – [05... 08];
p – EKB3 partition number,
range – [1... 4]; r – EKB3W/
EWKB4 partition number,
range – [1... 2].

Enable/ Disable zone 52 nn 1 # nn – zone number, 52151# /52150#

52 nn 0 # range – [01... 144].

Set zone type for in- 53 nn 1 # – Interior Follower nn – zone number, 53125#
dividual zone 53 nn 2 # – Instant range – [01... 144]
53 nn 3 # – 24-Hour
53 nn 4 # – Delay
53 nn 5 # – Fire
53 nn 6 # – Panic/Silent
53 nn 7 # – CO Sensor
53 nn 8 # – Report/Control
53 nn 9 # – Instant Silent

Set entry delay for Delay zone 54 nn eeeee # nn – zone number, range – 5403259#
[01... 144], eeeee – entry
delay duration, range – [0...
9999] seconds

Enable/ Disable Stay attri- 56 nn 1 # nn – zone number, range – 56041# /

bute for individual zone 56 nn 0 # [01... 144]. 56040#

Set zone partition 57 nn pv# nn – zone number, range 57031#

– [01... 144]; pv – partition
value, range - [1... 15]

Set monitoring station 58 ps ttteeellnnuumm # ps – phone number slot, 58020044170911XXXX1#

phone number (for PSTN) range – [01... 03]; ttteeel-
lnnuumm – up to 15 digits
monitoring station phone
number.

Set user phone num- 59 us pv # us – user phone number slot, 59092#

ber partition range – [01... 10]; pv – parti-
tion value, range - [1... 15]

Set iButton key partition 60 is pv # is – iButton key slot, range – 60057#

[01... 16]; pv – partition value,
range - [1... 15]

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 189

COMMAND CODE COMMAND EXAMPLE
DEFINITION VALUE

Turn ON PGM output/ Set 61 oo 1 # oo – PGM output number, 61031#

PGM output status as ON range – [01... 48].

Turn OFF PGM output/ Set 61 oo 0 # oo – PGM output number, 61030#

PGM output status as OFF range – [01... 48].

Set date and time 66 yyyy mt dd hr mn# yyyy – year; mt – month, 66201405291235#
range – [01... 12]; dd – day,
range – [01... 31]; hr – hours,
range – [00... 23]; mn – min-
utes, range – [00... 59].

Set attempts (for GPRS Server 1: 68 att# att – number of attempts, 6809#
Network and Elan3 Alarm) Server 2: 96 08 att# range – [01... 255]
Server 3: 96 09 att#

Set delay after last 69 aaapp # aaapp – duration of delay 69200#

communication attempt after last attempt, range – .
[0... 65535] seconds.

Set mains power loss delay 70 lllll # lllll – mains power loss delay 7043#
duration, range -
[0... 65535] seconds.

Set mains power re- 71 rrrrr # rrrrr – mains power restore 71150#
store delay delay duration, range -
[0... 65535] seconds.

Set exit delay 72 pp ext # pp – partition number, range 7203259#

– [01... 04], ext – exit delay
duration, range – [0... 600]
seconds.

Enable/ Disable Siren if 761# 761# /

Wireless signal is lost 760# 760#

Enable/Disable key- 771 # / 770 # 771 # / 770 #

pad partition switch

Enable/ Disable Force 82 nn 1 # nn – zone number, 82061# /

attribute for individual zone 82 nn 0 # range – [01... 144] 82060#

Set backup connection 1...5 GPRS network - Server 1 - bb - backup connection slot, 83024#
83bb0# range - [01... 05].
Voice calls - 83bb1#
CSD - 83bb2#
PSTN - 83bb3#
SMS - 83bb4#
ELAN3-ALARM - Server 1 -
83bb5#
GPRS network - Server 2 -
83bb6#
GPRS network - Server 3 -
83bb7#
ELAN3-ALARM - Server 2 -
83bb8#
ELAN3-ALARM - Server 3 -
83bb9#

Set attempts 84 at # at – number of attempts, 8403#

range – [01... 10].

Set monitoring station 85 ps ttteeellnnuumm # ps – phone number slot, 85010044170911XXXX1#

phone number (for CSD) range – [01... 05]; ttteeel-
lnnuumm – up to 15 digits
monitoring station phone
number.

190 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 COMMAND CODE COMMAND EXAMPLE
DEFINITION VALUE

Enable/ disable EWS2 881# / 880# 881# / 880#

LED indication

Set primary tem- 89 ts # ts – temperature sensor slot, 8903#

perature sensor range - [01... 08].

Enable EWS3 LED indication Burglary/24-hour/tamper 931#

alarm LED: 941#
Fire alarm LED:931#

Disable EWS3 LED indication Burglary/24-hour/tamper 940#

alarm LED: 940#
Fire alarm LED:930#

40. SMS COMMANDS - APPENDIX 3

THEME SMS EXAMPLE

SMS PASSWORD:

Set SMS password 0000 PSW 1111

USER PHONE NUMBERS:

Add user phone number 1111 NR1:+4417091111111

View user phone number 1111 HELPNR

Delete user phone number 1111 NR2:DEL

Enable system control from any phone number 1111 STR:ON

Disable system control from any phone number 1111 STR:OFF

DATE AND TIME:

Set date and time 1111 2014.03.16 14:33

iBUTTON KEYS:

Enable allow adding new iButton keys mode 1111 IBPROG:ON

Disable allow adding new Ibutton keys mode 1111 IBPROG:OFF

Remove all iButton keys from the system 1111 RESETIB

ARMING AND DISARMING:

Arm the system 1111 ARM1

Disarm the system 1111 DISARM1,2,4

EXIT AND ENTRY DELAY:

Set exit delay 1111 EXITDELAY:1,20;3,43

Set entry delay for delay zone 1111 ENTRYDELAY:1,25;54,14;12,20

ZONES:

Set zone name 1111 Z3:Door sensor triggered

View zone names 1111 STATUS

Disable zone 1111 Z13:OFF

Enable zone 1111 Z6:ON

ALARM INDICATIONS AND NOTIFICATIONS:

View violated zones 1111 INFO

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 191

THEME SMS EXAMPLE

PROGRAMMABLE (PGM) OUTPUTS:

Set PGM output name 1111 C2:Lights

View PGM output names 1111 STATUS

Turn on PGM output/ Set PGM output start up state as on 1111 Lights:ON

Turn off PGM output/ Set PGM output start up state as off 1111 C2:OFF

Turn on PGM output for time period 1111 C4:ON:10.15.35

Turn off PGM output for time period 1111 Lights:OFF:00.00.23

WIRELESS DEVICES:

Pair wireless device with the system 1111 SET:5353185D

Remove wireless device from the system 11111 DEL:5353185D

Replace wireless device 1111 REP:5353185D<41286652

View wireless device information 1111 RFINFO:5353185D

View available wireless device slots 1111 STATUS FREE

SIREN/BELL:

Set alarm duration 1111 SIREN:4

View alarm duration 1111 SIREN

TEMPERATURE SENSORS:

View real-time temperature values of individual tempera- 1111 ITEMP:4

ture sensor

View real-time temperature values of all temperature 1111 ITEMP:?

sensors

Set primary temperature sensor 1111 TEMPI:PRIM:4

Set secondary temperature sensor 1111 TEMPI:SEC:3

View primary and secondary temperature sensor slot 1111 TEMPI:?

number

View primary and secondary temperature sensor real-time 1111 INFO

temperature values

Set MIN and MAX temperature boundaries 1111 TEMP2:MIN:-5,MAX:28

View MIN and MAX temperature boundaries 1111 TEMP4

Set temperature sensor name 1111 TEMP3:NAME:Warehouse

View temperature sensor name 1111 TEMP3

Delete temperature sensor name 1111 TEMP2:NAME:

REMOTE LISTENING AND 2-WAY VOICE

COMMUNICATION:

Initiate remote listening 1111 MIC

SYSTEM INFORMATION. INFO SMS:

Request for system information 1111 INFO

Set periodic info SMS frequency and time 1111 INFO:3.15

Disable periodic info SMS 1111 INFO:00.00

SMSC (short message service center) phone number 1111 SMS +4417031111111

192 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

 THEME SMS EXAMPLE

MONITORING STATION:

Enable MS mode 1111 SCNSET:ON

Disable MS mode 1111 SCNSET:OFF

Set server IP address 1111 SETGPRS:IP:65.82.119.5

Set server port 1111 SETGPRS:PORT:5521

Set protocol 1111 SETGPRS:PROTOCOL:UDP

Set APN 1111 SETGPRS:APN:internet

Set user name 1111 SETGPRS:USER:mobileusr

Set password 1111 SETGPRS:PSW:mobilepsw

View IP and GPRS network settings 1111 SETGPRS?

SERVICE MODE:

Activate service mode 1111 SERVICEMODE:ON

Deactivate service mode 1111 SERVICEMODE:OFF

REMOTE SYSTEM RESTART:

Restart the system 1111 RESET

TECHNICAL SUPPORT:

Initiate FOTA 1111 FOTA

REMOTE CONFIG:

Start Remote Config 1111 STCONFIG

End Remote Config 1111 ENDCONFIG

Start Remote Config via ELAN 1111 STCONFIG:ELAN

CLOUD SERVICES:

Cloud Services ID 1111 SMART ID

Cloud Services settings – Smart On/Off, server, port, ping 1111 SMART:ON,ss.eldes.lt,8082,180

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 193

41. RADIO SYSTEM INSTALLATION AND SIGNAL PENETRATION - APPENDIX 4

WHAT YOU MUST KNOW BEFORE INSTALLING THE SYSTEM

Radio signals are electromagnetic waves, hence the signal becomes weaker the further it travels, the range is limited.

100
80
Level %

60
40
20
0

The following material shows theoretically evaluated relation between radio signal strength and the distance among devices.

The radio coverage is further decreased by specific materials:

Material Range reduction vs LoS*

Wood, plaster, glass uncoated, without metal 0 - 10 %
Brick, press board 5 - 35 %
Ferro concrete 10 - 90 %
Metal, aluminium lining see chapter “How to prop-
erly install the system”

* LoS (Short for “line of sight”) - a term being used in Radio frequency technologies to describe an unobstructed path between the location
of the signal transmitter and the location of the signal receiver.

The following should be accepted as suggestions and evaluated while installing your system:
• During the night time, when there is no movement at all, wireless signal level can decrease up to 17%.
• Furniture and movement can increase or decrease signal level by approximately up to 20%.
So, that means the sensor’s signal level can decrease up to about 37% or even increase slightly, depending on individual environmental
factors.
Spread of radio signal within a building:

Signal
Strength
high
13.60 m

Base station
Sender

low

20 m

HOW TO PROPERLY INSTALL THE SYSTEM:

NOTE: It is HIGHLY RECOMMENDED to install your system with the Service Mode enabled (using Configuration software). This instal-
lation method will ensure a better protection against variable environmental factors ( the number of people moving throughout the
secured area, material obstacles, etc.).

• Clear RF path of obstructions - Make sure the RF path is clear of obstructions. Antennas should be installed where they can “see” each
other as much as possible. Make sure the antennas are high enough above any obstructions in the RF path.
• Pay attention to antenna alignment - Make sure the antennas are aligned correctly. In order to get the best result, you should mount
your sensor according to their own manual’s instruction, which you’ll find at eldesalarms.com
• Know you overall system gain required to meet the distance. The more the distance between the radios, the more the overall system
gain needs to be. If the signal level between the system and your wireless device is equal or lower than 30%, then you must additionally

194 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

use wireless signal repeater (EWR2).
• The longer the antenna cable and the more the number of connections, the more the signal loss. Please be aware that if you use anten-
na’s extension cord or/and any other additional elements of wiring (cables,wires, etc.),then more antenna gain will be lost.
• We recommend that the best place for Alarm System installation is at the approximately estimated centre of all mounted Wireless de-
vices across your premises (house/flat), and it’s not necessarily the centre of a room itself,i.e. positioning basically depends on the total of
the secured area. For a better visual perception, see the following picture:

Wall Wall
Wall

Wall
Wall Wall
Wall Wall
Wall

Wall Wall Wall

Alarm Wireless Alarm Wireless
System device System device

• The angle at which the transmitted signal hits the wall is very important. The effective wall thickness – and with it the signal attenuation
– varies according to this angle. Signals should be transmitted as directly as possible through the wall.

Wall Alarm
System

Wireless
device

Wall

• When using devices with an internal receiving antenna, the device should not be installed on the same side of the wall as the transmit-
ter. Near a wall, the radio waves are likely to be subject to interfering dispersions or reflections. Consequently, the position of the antenna
has to be on the opposite or connecting wall.

Wall
Alarm
System

Wireless
device

Wall

• When using Alarm System with an external antenna, the ideal antenna installation place is a central location in the room. Where possible
the antenna should be at least 10 – 15 cm away from the wall corner or concrete ceiling.

Ceiling

Min. 0,5 m

Intermediate ceiling

Antenna
holding
Min.
Wall

0,1 m
Antenna

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 195

• Wrong antenna mounting by the ceiling:

Ceiling Ceiling

Wall

Wall
• Massive objects made of metal, such as metallic separation walls and metal inserted ceilings, massive wall reinforcements and the metal
foil of heat insulations, reflect electromagnetic waves and thus create what is known as radio shadow. However singularized small metal
studs, e.g. the metal studs of a gypsum dry wall, don’t show a recognizable screening.
• Internal antenna, mounted on metal surfaces (typically 30% loss of range)
• Using any type of antenna inside metallic frames (typically 30% loss of range)

Wireless
device

Antenna Wireless
device

Recommended installation:

0.5 m to 30 m • face the front side of the wire-

(1.64 to 98.43ft)
inside the building
less device towards the an-
tenna
0.5 m to 150 m
(1.64 to 492.13ft) • keep the distance: 0,5 to 30m
in open areas (1.64 to 98.43ft) inside the
Wireless ESIM384 building, 0,5 to 150m (1.64 to
device 492.13ft) in open areas

• Keep the distance of at least 20cm (7.87in) or more between your wireless device/Alarm System and the metal box/metal sheet or any
object of this material:

>20 cm

Metal box or ESIM384

any metal

• Metal separation walls: It can be noticed that radio transmission even works with metal indoor separation walls. This happens through
reflections: Walls made of metal or concrete reflect the electromagnetic waves. The radio waves reach the next room or floor via a non
metallic opening.

Wall
Alarm
Metal System
sheet
Wireless
device

Wall

196 EN ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2

ESIM384 Installation and Configuration Manual v1.2 EN 197
Made in the European Union
www.eldesalarms.com